WO2021163974A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021163974A1
WO2021163974A1 PCT/CN2020/076075 CN2020076075W WO2021163974A1 WO 2021163974 A1 WO2021163974 A1 WO 2021163974A1 CN 2020076075 W CN2020076075 W CN 2020076075W WO 2021163974 A1 WO2021163974 A1 WO 2021163974A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
network element
terminal
management
discovery
control network
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/076075
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许胜锋
杨艳梅
李濛
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2020/076075 priority Critical patent/WO2021163974A1/en
Publication of WO2021163974A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021163974A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/70Services for machine-to-machine communication [M2M] or machine type communication [MTC]

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
  • D2D communication allows direct communication between terminals, and can share spectrum resources with cell users under the control of the cell network, effectively improving the utilization of spectrum resources.
  • the two terminals may first obtain discovery parameters, and perform a D2D discovery process based on the obtained discovery parameters; then, a D2D communication link is established between the two terminals to perform D2D communication.
  • each public land mobile network has a proximity service function (Proximity Sevice Function, ProSe Function) network element .
  • ProSe Function Proximity Sevice Function
  • the ProSe function network element 1 in the PLMN1 where the publishing terminal is located allocates discovery parameters for the publishing terminal.
  • the publishing terminal can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal from the ProSe Function network element 1.
  • the monitoring terminal can obtain the discovery parameter of the publishing terminal from the ProSe Function network element 1 in the PLMN1 where the publishing terminal to be monitored is located through the ProSe Function network element 2.
  • the publishing terminal and the listening terminal may execute the subsequent D2D discovery process based on the acquired discovery parameters.
  • the management and control network elements implement the distribution and storage of discovery parameters.
  • a PLMN is deployed with multiple management and control network elements.
  • the PLMN 1 where the publishing terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements. How does the monitoring terminal obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal to be monitored through the corresponding management and control network element 2. An important issue that needs to be resolved.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can allow the terminal to obtain the discovery parameters in the D2D discovery process when multiple D2D management and control network elements are deployed in each PLMN.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a first management and control network element.
  • the method includes: the first management and control network element allocates a proximity service discovery user equipment identity (ProSe Discovery User Equipment Identity, ProSe Discovery UE ID, PDUID) to the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element sends first information to the first storage network element, the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first information is used by the first storage network element to store the first terminal Correspondence between the PDUID and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • the first management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element in the first storage network after allocating the PDUID of the first terminal. Yuan Shang. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the first storage network element can provide the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal with the information included in the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal. Among the plurality of management and control network elements, the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element.
  • this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element may be a policy control function network element or a newly added network element.
  • the first storage network element may be a unified data management network element, a unified data storage library network element, a binding support function network element, or a newly added network element.
  • the discovery parameters include ProSe Restricted Code; or, the discovery parameters include ProSe Query Filter and ProSe Response Code.
  • the method may further include: the first management and control network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, the authorization request The message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the first management and control network element receives an authorization response message from the server, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the first management and control network element After determining that the server of the first application has successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, the first management and control network element registers the PDUID of the first terminal and the first management and control network element with the first storage network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identities can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by pre-registering the corresponding relationship when the first terminal fails to obtain the discovery parameter when the server authorization of the first application fails.
  • the method before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further includes: the first management and control network element receives a discovery request message from the first terminal, and the discovery request message Used to request D2D discovery.
  • the first management and control network element determines that it has received the discovery request message sent by the first terminal and the corresponding relationship will be used later, and then registers the PDUID of the first terminal and the first storage network element with the first storage network element.
  • the discovery request message includes the Restricted ProSe Application User ID (RPAUID) of the first terminal for the first application, and the first management and control network element sends it to the first storage network element. Before sending the first message.
  • the method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters according to the discovery request message, and the discovery parameters correspond to the RPAUID.
  • the first management and control network element After receiving the discovery request message and assigning discovery parameters, the first management and control network element registers the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element with the first storage network element; This can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the first terminal not acquiring the discovery parameter but registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the discovery parameter of the first terminal is not allocated by the first management and control network element.
  • the method before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further includes: the first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, and the discovery response message includes Found parameters.
  • the first management and control network element After receiving the discovery request message and sending the discovery response message to the first terminal, the first management and control network element registers the difference between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element with the first storage network element. Correspondence relationship; in this way, when the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameter, the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence relationship can be registered in advance.
  • the method further includes: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first management and control network element sends a first deletion request message to the first storage network element, and the first deletion request message is used for For requesting to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
  • the first management and control network element may request the first storage network element to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element after the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires.
  • the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the PDUID, or the first management and control network element receives the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the first information sent by the first management and control network element to the first storage network element includes first indication information for indicating the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to instruct the first storage network element to follow the first indication Information, after the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the second management and control network element.
  • the method includes: the second management and control network element receives the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element sends a first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the first message is used to obtain the identifier of the management and control network element that stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element receives the identifier of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can query the first storage network element for the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal is stored, so that the discovery parameters of the first terminal can be subsequently obtained from the first management and control network element. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal includes the first identifier
  • the first identifier is the identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located
  • the second management and control network element stores the first terminal according to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the network element sending the first message includes: the second management and control network element obtains the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library function network element according to the first identifier.
  • the second management and control network element sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the identifier of the first storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PLMN identification included in the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first storage network element.
  • the method includes: a first storage network element receives first information from a first management and control network element, the first information includes a proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and an identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the first storage network element receives a first message from the second management and control network element, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the first storage network element sends the identifier of the first management and control network element to the second management and control network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
  • the first storage network element may store the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the first storage network element can provide the second management and control network corresponding to the second terminal with the information contained in the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element.
  • this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: the first storage network element receives a first deletion request message from the first management and control network element, and the first deletion request message is used to request to delete the PDUID and the first management and control of the first terminal. Correspondence between the identities of the network elements. The first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the first deletion request message.
  • the first storage network element may delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the request of the first management and control network element.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • the first storage network element may delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires according to the first indication information.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first management and control network element.
  • the method may include: the first management and control network element acquires second information, the second information includes a restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and a discovery parameter, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • the first management and control network element sends second information to the first storage network element, and the second information is used by the first storage network element to save the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter on the first storage network element.
  • the first storage network element can provide the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID to the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the method further includes: when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first management and control network element sends a second deletion request message to the first storage network element, and the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the RPAUID Correspondence with discovery parameters.
  • the first management and control network element may request the first storage network element to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter after the validity period of the discovery parameter expires.
  • the second information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the second information may include second indication information for indicating the validity period of the discovery parameter, so that the first storage network element can delete the RPAUID and the discovery parameter after the validity period of the discovery parameter expires according to the second indication information. Correspondence between parameters.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the second management and control network element.
  • the method includes: the second management and control network element receives the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID from the server of the first application, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the second message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the second message is used to obtain Discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID.
  • the second management and control network element receives the discovery parameter from the first storage network element, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID from the first storage network element, so as to solve the second problem.
  • the management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located.
  • the second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, including: the second management and control network element obtains the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library function network element according to the first identifier The identification of the first storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the identifier of the first storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PLMN identification included in the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first storage network element.
  • the method may include: the first storage network element receives second information from the first management and control network element, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D found.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first storage network element receives a second message from the second management and control network element, the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID.
  • the first storage network element sends the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element according to the second message and the corresponding relationship.
  • the first storage network element may store the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter, so as to provide the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID to the second management and control network element of the second terminal. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the method may further include: the first storage network element receives the second deletion request from the first management and control network element Message, the second delete request message is used to request to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
  • the first storage network element can delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the request of the first management and control network element.
  • the second information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the method further includes: when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first storage network element can delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is used for: assigning the proximity service discovery user equipment PDUID to the first terminal through the transceiver module.
  • the first information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
  • the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the first information is used by the first storage network element to store the PDUID and the first terminal of the first terminal. 1.
  • the communication device stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • the processing module is further configured to send an authorization request message to the server of the first application before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the authorization request message is used to request authorization for the first storage network element.
  • the terminal performs D2D discovery for the first application.
  • An authorization response message from the server is received through the transceiver module, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, receive a discovery request message from the first terminal, and the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery .
  • the discovery request message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application.
  • the processing module is further configured to: before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, allocate a discovery parameter according to the discovery request message, and the discovery parameter corresponds to the RPAUID.
  • the processing module is further configured to send a discovery response message to the first terminal before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter.
  • the processing module is further configured to: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, send a first deletion request message to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the first deletion request message is used for Request to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is configured to: receive the second terminal target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID from the server of the first application through the transceiver module, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the transceiver module sends a first message to the first storage network element.
  • the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • logo The identifier of the first management and control network element is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: according to the first identifier, obtain the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library functional network element. According to the identifier of the first storage network element, the first message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is configured to receive first information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, the first information including the proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element is stored.
  • the first message from the second management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the identifier of the first management and control network element is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module.
  • the processing module is further configured to: receive a first delete request message from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, and the first delete request message is used to request to delete the PDUID and the first management network of the first terminal. Correspondence between the identities of the meta. According to the first deletion request message, the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element is deleted.
  • the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the processing module is further configured to: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is used to obtain second information, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery.
  • the second information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the second information is used by the first storage network element to save the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the processing module is also used to: when the validity period of the parameter is found to expire, send a second delete request message to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the second delete request message is used to request deletion of RPAUID and Find the correspondence between the parameters.
  • the second information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is configured to receive the second terminal target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID from the server of the first application through the transceiver module, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • a second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
  • the second message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application.
  • the second message is used to obtain the corresponding RPAUID.
  • the discovery parameters is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located.
  • the processing module is specifically configured to: according to the first identifier, obtain the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library functional network element. According to the identifier of the first storage network element, the second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module.
  • the processing module is used to receive second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D found. Store the correspondence between RPAUID and discovery parameters.
  • the second message from the second management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID. According to the second message and the corresponding relationship, the discovery parameter is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module.
  • the processing module is further configured to: after receiving the second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, receive the second delete request message from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, and the second The delete request message is used to request to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter. According to the second deletion request message, the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter is deleted.
  • the second information further includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter; After the second information, when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter is deleted.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for implementing the foregoing various communication methods.
  • the communication device may be the above-mentioned first management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first management and control network element; or, the communication device may be the above-mentioned second management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned second management and control network element; or, The communication device may be the above-mentioned first storage network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first storage network element.
  • the communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the above methods, and the modules, units, or menas can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device can execute any of the foregoing aspects.
  • the communication device may be the above-mentioned first management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first management and control network element; or, the communication device may be the above-mentioned second management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned second management and control network element; or, The communication device may be the above-mentioned first storage network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first storage network element.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is configured to couple with a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute any one of the above-mentioned aspects according to the instruction.
  • the communication device may be the above-mentioned first management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first management and control network element; or, the communication device may be the above-mentioned second management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned second management and control network element; or, The communication device may be the above-mentioned first storage network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first storage network element.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer can execute any of the above-mentioned aspects. Method in design.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any of the possible design methods in any of the foregoing aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a system on a chip), the communication device includes a processor, and is used to implement any of the above-mentioned aspects in any possible design. method.
  • the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data.
  • the communication device is a system-on-chip, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, and a first storage network element.
  • Each device in the communication system can execute any possible design method in any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system.
  • the communication system may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, a first storage network element, a first terminal, and a second terminal.
  • Each device in the communication system can execute any possible design method in any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, a first storage network element, a first terminal, a second terminal, and a first application Server.
  • a communication system which may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, a first storage network element, a first terminal, a second terminal, and a first application Server.
  • Each device in the communication system can execute any possible design method in any one of the foregoing aspects.
  • any of the above-provided devices or computer storage media or computer program products or chips or communication systems are used to execute the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the corresponding ones provided above The beneficial effects of the corresponding solutions in the method will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G network system provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic structural diagram of a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 2B is a schematic structural diagram of another D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • 2C is a schematic diagram of a system architecture on the network side in a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5A is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 5B is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8A is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8B is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9A is a schematic structural diagram of a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9B is a schematic structural diagram of another D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • D2D communication A wireless D2D communication link is directly established between terminals, so that D2D communication is performed based on the D2D communication link.
  • two terminals can perform D2D communication through a ProSe Communication 5 (PC5) interface.
  • D2D communication can reuse the resources of the mobile cellular network.
  • a terminal performing D2D communication can obtain frequency resources required for D2D communication under the control of a (wireless) access network device in a cellular network, thereby establishing a D2D communication link, and performing D2D communication based on the D2D communication link. Without going through the (wireless) access network equipment and other equipment in the cellular network.
  • D2D communication can be applied to but not limited to the following areas: social applications (for example, online games, sharing videos or photos when friends meet, or sharing files and materials during company meetings, etc.), local services (for example, shopping malls for nearby users Advertising information service), network relay (for example, when the cellular signal of a certain terminal is not good, the terminal can communicate with the (wireless) access network equipment and the cellular network through D2D communication with other terminals), Public safety (for example, in some special scenarios such as the destruction of (wireless) access network equipment, the terminal cannot perform cellular communication, but can conduct rescue contact through D2D communication), or vehicle to everything (V2X), etc.
  • social applications for example, online games, sharing videos or photos when friends meet, or sharing files and materials during company meetings, etc.
  • local services for example, shopping malls for nearby users Advertising information service
  • network relay for example, when the cellular signal of a certain terminal is not good, the terminal can communicate with the (wireless) access network equipment and the cellular network through D2D communication with other terminal
  • D2D discovery The process of discovering terminals based on D2D discovery parameters (hereinafter also referred to as discovery parameters for short). After the D2D discovery process, a D2D communication link can be established between the terminals to perform D2D communication.
  • D2D discovery has two discovery types, namely, open discovery and restricted discovery.
  • public discovery finds a terminal that uses a specific target application through D2D discovery, and all terminals that can use or are authorized to use the specific target application are publicly discovered target terminals.
  • Restricted discovery finds a specific terminal that uses a specific target application through D2D discovery, and the specific terminal that can use or is authorized to use the specific target application is the target terminal of the restricted discovery.
  • D2D discovers that there are two discovery models, namely model A and model B.
  • D2D communication terminals may include announcing terminals and monitoring terminals, and mode A supports public discovery and restricted discovery.
  • mode B D2D communication terminals may include a discovered terminal (Discoveree) and a discovery terminal (Discoverer), and mode B only supports restricted discovery.
  • Discoveree discovered terminal
  • Discoverer discovery terminal
  • Discovery parameters and discovery matching parameters parameters used in the D2D discovery process.
  • the discovery matching parameter can be generated according to the discovery parameter.
  • the publishing terminal uses the discovery parameter to find the target terminal or the terminal using the target application, and specifically broadcasts the discovery parameter by sending a wireless broadcast message.
  • the listening terminal receives the discovery parameter in the wireless broadcast message, and compares it with the discovery matching parameter provided by the network side to determine whether it is the target terminal being sought or the terminal using the target application being sought.
  • the discovery parameter of the publishing terminal may include the ProSe Restricted Code
  • the discovery matching parameter of the listening terminal may include the Discovery Filter.
  • A/B can mean A or B.
  • “And/or” in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships.
  • a and/or B can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. These three situations.
  • “at least one” means one or more, and “plurality” means two or more.
  • the words “first” and “second” do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and the words “first” and “second” do not limit the difference.
  • At least one refers to one or more, and “multiple” refers to two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an “or” relationship.
  • the following at least one item (a)” or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a).
  • at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
  • the embodiment of the application relates to a D2D communication system.
  • the D2D communication system can be combined with a third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) communication system, or can be combined with a non-3GPP communication system without limitation.
  • 3GPP communication system may include a 5G network system, a new radio (NR) system, or a future evolution communication system.
  • NR new radio
  • the 5G network system may be a non-standalone (NSA) 5G network system or a standalone (SA) 5G network system.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G network system.
  • the architecture may include terminals, (radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, network slice selection function ( network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, unified data repository (UDR) network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, Network exposure function (NEF) network element, binding support function (BSF) network element, network function repository function (NRF) network element or session management function (session management function, SMF) One or more of equipment such as network elements.
  • radio access network (radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment
  • access and mobility management function access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements
  • network slice selection function network slice selection function
  • a terminal is an entity on the user side that is used to receive signals, or send signals, or receive signals and send signals.
  • the terminal can also be called user equipment (UE), terminal equipment, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or User device.
  • the terminal can also be a D2D device.
  • the D2D device may be an electric meter, a water meter, and so on.
  • the D2D device can also be a V2X device, such as a smart car (smart car or intelligent car), a digital car (digital car), an unmanned car (unmanned car or driverless car or pilotless car or automobile), and an automatic car (self-driving car).
  • the D2D device may also be a B2C device or a B2B device.
  • the terminal in the embodiment of the present application may also be a mobile station (MS), subscriber unit (subscriber unit), drone, Internet of things (IoT) equipment, and station in WLAN.
  • MS mobile station
  • subscriber unit subscriber unit
  • IoT Internet of things
  • the terminal may also be a handheld device with a wireless communication function, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device, etc.
  • the terminal may also be a terminal in a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in a 5G system or a terminal in a future evolved communication system, a terminal in an NR system, and so on.
  • the (R)AN device in this architecture is a device that provides wireless communication functions for the terminal.
  • (R) AN equipment includes, but is not limited to: next-generation base stations (gnodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B ( node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit) , BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
  • next-generation base stations gnodeB, gNB
  • evolved node B evolved node B
  • RNC radio network controller
  • node B node B
  • BSC base station controller
  • BTS base transceiver station
  • home base station for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB
  • baseband unit
  • the AMF network element is used for mobility management in the mobile network, such as user location update, user registration network, user handover, and so on.
  • NEF network elements are used to provide services so that the 3GPP network can safely provide network service capabilities to third-party equipment of a third-party service provider (service provider, SP).
  • PCF network elements are used to guide a unified policy framework for network behaviors, and provide policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF network elements, etc.).
  • UDM network elements are used to process user identification, access authentication, registration, or mobility management, etc.
  • UDR network elements are used to store and query structured data. Among them, structured data is data whose structure and semantics are defined by standards, and all parties can understand the meaning represented by the data according to the standards.
  • UDR network elements can store and query contract data by UDM network elements, PCF network elements can store or query policy data, and application functions can also store and query application-related data directly or through NEF network elements.
  • the NSSF network element is used to select network slices for the terminal, etc.
  • the BSF network element is used to provide the session binding function, bind the association relationship between the terminal session and the PCF network element, and is used for the NEF network element or other network elements to query the PCF network element corresponding to the terminal session.
  • NRF network elements are used to support network element registration and discovery, such as accepting network element discovery requests and returning network function entity information required by the network element; accepting network element registration requests and maintaining overview information and support of all available network element function entities Service.
  • the architecture may also include user plane function (UPF) network elements, data network (DN) network elements, application function (AF) network elements, or authentication server function (authentication server function).
  • UPF user plane function
  • DN data network
  • AF application function
  • AUSF authentication server function
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the D2D communication system may be combined with the 5G network system shown in FIG. 1 or other communication systems.
  • the D2D communication system 10 may include multiple terminals 11, (R)AN devices 12, a core network 13, and a proximity service application server (Proximity service application server, ProSe AS) 14 and so on.
  • the terminal and the (R)AN device can use radio access technology (RAT) to communicate with each other.
  • the RAT technology can include LTE technology (for example, in the NSA 5G system), and NR Technology or other technologies, such as: NR+ technology, etc.
  • the core network 13 may include, but is not limited to, an access and mobility management function network element 131, a management and control network element 132, and a storage network element 133.
  • each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements and one storage network element. It can be understood that the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2A may also include other network elements, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal can obtain the discovery parameters through the management and control network elements and the storage network elements, so as to perform the D2D discovery process based on the discovery parameters. Then, after the D2D discovery process is completed, the two terminals can also obtain the frequency resources required for D2D communication under the control of the (R)AN device, thereby establishing a D2D communication link based on the obtained frequency resources, and based on the D2D communication link Direct D2D communication.
  • the terminal can support D2D discovery and D2D communication.
  • the terminal can communicate with other devices through the (R)AN device to receive or send information in the D2D discovery process, or the terminal can communicate with other terminals through broadcast (for example, broadcast/monitor discovery parameters) .
  • the terminals can directly receive or send the data plane information and control plane information in the D2D communication process through the PC5 interface.
  • the terminal shown in FIG. 2A may include an announcing terminal and a monitoring terminal.
  • the terminal shown in FIG. 2A may include a discovered (Discoveree) terminal and a discovered (Discoverer) terminal.
  • the access and mobility management function network element shown in FIG. 2A its functions can be referred to the above description about the function of the AMF network element shown in FIG. 1. It is understandable that when the D2D communication system is combined with the 5G network, the access and mobility management function network element can be an AMF network element; when the D2D system is combined with other communication systems such as the future 6G network, the access and mobility management The mobility management function network element may have other names.
  • the management and control network element shown in FIG. 2A may be used to allocate discovery parameters to the terminal, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery.
  • the management and control network element can also be used for the management and storage of other parameters in the D2D discovery process and/or D2D communication process.
  • the management and control network element may be used for the allocation of D2D communication parameters of the terminal.
  • the D2D communication parameters may include: range parameters used to characterize the D2D communication area, such as a PLMN that allows D2D communication, or when the terminal is outside the network coverage area. Allowed D2D communication frequency bands, etc.
  • the management and control network element can also be used to exchange information with the core network element, for example, interact with the UDR network element to exchange terminal D2D subscription information.
  • the management and control network element may also be used to send authorization information for D2D communication and/or D2D discovery to the terminal.
  • the management and control network element may be a network element in an existing communication system, such as a PCF network element in the 5G network shown in FIG. 1, or a newly-added network element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the publishing terminal and the discovered terminal may be referred to as the first terminal, and the listening terminal and the discovery terminal may be referred to as the second terminal.
  • the management and control network element shown in FIG. 2A may include a first management and control network element and a second management and control network element. Among them, the first management and control network element may allocate PDUID and discovery parameters to the first terminal, which may be referred to as the management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element may also send some parameters in the D2D discovery process to the storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located, such as the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element, or the first terminal is directed to The RPAUID and discovery parameters of the first application.
  • the second management and control network element may allocate a PDUID to the second terminal, which may be referred to as a management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal.
  • the second management and control network element may obtain the identifier of the first management and control network element from the storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element may obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the storage network element.
  • the storage network element shown in FIG. 2A may be used to receive part of the parameters in the D2D discovery process from the first management and control network element, and save the correspondence between the parameters.
  • the storage network element may also provide the identification of the first management and control network element or the discovery parameter of the first terminal to the second management and control network element according to the stored correspondence relationship.
  • the storage network element can be a network element in an existing communication system, such as a UDM network element, a UDR network element, or a BSF network element in the 5G network shown in Figure 1, or it can be a newly added network element.
  • the embodiment is not limited.
  • the proximity service application server ProSe AS shown in FIG. 2A may be used to authorize the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the first application is a proximity service application (or called proximity service-based application, short-distance service-based application, short-distance service application, proximity application, D2D application, etc.).
  • each PLMN may include multiple management and control network elements and one storage network element.
  • the terminals in the D2D communication system may include the first terminal and the second terminal.
  • the management and control network in the D2D communication system The element may include a first management and control network element and a second management and control network element.
  • FIG. 2B shows another schematic diagram of the architecture of the D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the D2D communication system 20 may include a first terminal 21, a first management network element 22 corresponding to the first terminal 21, a first storage network element 23, a second terminal 24, and a first terminal 24 corresponding to the second terminal 24. 2. Manage and control the network element 25, and the neighboring service application server 26 and other equipment. It is understandable that the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2B may also include other network elements, which will not be listed here.
  • the first storage network element 23 is a storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal 21 is located.
  • FIG. 2C shows a schematic diagram of a system architecture on the network side in a D2D communication system.
  • the system architecture on the network side includes a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, and a first storage network element.
  • the above mainly describes the architecture of the D2D communication system. It is understandable that the network elements, functions, or devices in the above D2D communication system can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or instantiation on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Virtualization capabilities.
  • the above-mentioned network elements or functions can be divided into one or more services, and further, there may be services independent of network functions.
  • FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
  • the communication device 300 includes a processor 301, a communication line 302, a memory 303, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 3, it is only exemplary and the communication interface 304 is included as an example for illustration).
  • the processor 301 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application-specific integrated circuit
  • the communication line 302 may include a path to transmit information between the aforementioned components.
  • the communication interface 304 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. .
  • the communication interface 304 may include a Uu interface or a PC5 interface.
  • the memory 303 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions
  • the dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this.
  • the memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication line 302. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
  • the memory 303 is used to store computer instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 301 controls the execution.
  • the processor 301 is configured to execute computer instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the actions of each network element in the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application, for example, the first managed network element, the second managed network element, or the second managed network element.
  • the action of a storage network element for example, the first managed network element, the second managed network element, or the second managed network element.
  • the memory 303 may also be used to store the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element, or store the RPAUID and the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application. Find the correspondence between the parameters.
  • the computer instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device 300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 308 in FIG. 3. Each of these processors can be a single-CPU (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
  • the communication device 300 may further include an output device 305 and an input device 306.
  • the output device 305 communicates with the processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways.
  • the output device 305 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait.
  • the input device 306 communicates with the processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways.
  • the input device 306 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
  • the aforementioned communication device 300 may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device.
  • the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a similar structure in Figure 3 equipment.
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 300.
  • the above mainly describes the architecture of the D2D communication system and the structure of the communication equipment in the architecture.
  • the following describes the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application based on the structure of the D2D communication system and communication device provided above.
  • the terminal discovers other terminals through the discovery parameters allocated to the terminal by the ProSe Function network element before performing D2D communication.
  • the publishing terminal A can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal A from the ProSe Function network element; the monitoring terminal can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal to be monitored (for example, publishing terminal A) from the ProSe Function network element, and according to Publish the discovery parameters of terminal A to generate a discovery filter (for example, Discovery Filter).
  • the publishing terminal A broadcasts the discovery parameter after acquiring the discovery parameter.
  • the listening terminal uses the discovery matching parameter to match the discovery parameter it receives. When the listening terminal monitors the discovery parameter that matches the discovery matching parameter, it determines that the publishing terminal A is found. Then, the monitoring terminal establishes a D2D communication link with the publishing terminal A and performs D2D communication.
  • the function of assigning discovery parameters to the terminal can be implemented on the management and control network element. Since the PLMN where the publishing terminal to be monitored is located includes multiple management and control network elements, how the monitoring terminal can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal to be monitored based on the multiple management and control network elements is an important issue to be solved urgently.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method that can be used for D2D discovery.
  • the method includes: the first management and control network element may allocate PDUID and discovery parameters to the first terminal, and send the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element to the first storage network element.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element obtains the identification of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element, so that the discovery parameter can be provided to the second terminal. Therefore, in the case where the PLMN where the first terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements, the second terminal can acquire the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides another communication method, which can be used for D2D discovery.
  • the method includes: the first management and control network element obtains the RPAUID and the discovery parameter of the first terminal for the first application, and sends the RPAUID and the discovery parameter to the first storage network element.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID from the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can provide the acquired discovery parameters to the second terminal. Therefore, in the case where the PLMN where the first terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements, the second terminal can acquire the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • each PLMN includes one storage network element and at least two management and control network elements.
  • the following uses the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2B as an example to describe the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 shows a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, which can be applied to D2D discovery.
  • the communication method may include:
  • the first management and control network element allocates a PDUID to the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element may be the aforementioned PCF network element or a newly added network element.
  • the first management and control network element may also allocate a PDUID to the first terminal, where the PDUID is a user identification of the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element may allocate a PDUID to the first terminal when at least one of the following conditions is met.
  • the first terminal has D2D communication capability.
  • the first terminal when the first terminal registers to the network, it sends the D2D communication capability information to the first AMF network element in the indicated core network, and the first AMF network element sends the D2D communication capability information to the first management and control network element.
  • the D2D communication capability information may be used to indicate that the first terminal has D2D communication capability, that is, supports D2D communication.
  • the D2D communication capability of the first terminal may include a D2D discovery capability, that is, the first terminal supports D2D discovery.
  • the first terminal has subscribed to the D2D communication service.
  • the first management and control network element obtains the subscription information of the first terminal from the unified data repository network element, and the subscription information includes information for indicating that the first terminal has subscribed to the D2D communication service.
  • the subscription information may include information used to indicate that the first terminal supports D2D discovery, and information used to indicate that the first terminal supports D2D communication.
  • the subscription information may also include information for indicating that the first terminal is allowed to use mode A or mode B to perform D2D discovery.
  • the subscription information may also include information for indicating that the first terminal is allowed to be a publishing terminal or a discovery terminal.
  • the first management and control network element sends first information to the first storage network element, where the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first information is used by the first storage network element to store the first
  • the identifier of the first management and control network element may be used to identify the first management and control network element, and specifically may be the name, address, etc. of the first management and control network element, which is not limited.
  • the identification of the first management and control network element may be the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) information of the PCF network element or the internet protocol (IP) Address information, etc.
  • the first storage network element is the storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located.
  • the first storage network element may be the aforementioned UDM network element, UDR network element, or BSF network element, etc., or may be a newly-added network element.
  • the first storage network element receives the first information, and stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • the first storage network element can store the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identifiers of a management and control network element is registered on the first storage network element.
  • the first storage network element may provide the management and control network elements of other terminals with the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal according to the PDUID of the first terminal and the corresponding relationship.
  • the first management and control network element is PCF network element 1
  • PCF network element 1 stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal
  • PCF1 can send the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of PCF network element 1 to the location of the first terminal Storage network element in PLMN.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the PCF network element 1, so that the management and control network elements corresponding to other terminals can obtain the storage network element from the storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the identification of the management and control network element with the discovery parameter of the first terminal that is, the identification of the first management and control network element, and then obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element according to the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the target PDUID may include the PDUID of one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered of the second terminal, and the one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered include the first terminal.
  • the target PDUID includes the first terminal. The PDUID of the terminal.
  • the first application may be a proximity service application.
  • the second terminal sends a discovery request message to the second management and control network element, and the discovery request message carries the target RPAUID of the second terminal.
  • the second management and control network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message carries the target RPAUID.
  • the server of the first application sends an authorization response message to the second management and control network element.
  • the authorization response message is used to indicate that the second terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the authorization response message may include a target PDUID corresponding to the target RPAUID.
  • the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameters of the first terminal as an example.
  • the discovery parameters of other terminals to be monitored/discovered can be acquired in a similar manner. It can be understood that the above method may further include the following steps.
  • the second management and control network element sends a first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the discovery parameter stored in the first terminal The identity of the management and control network element.
  • the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to send a first message to the first storage network element to request to obtain the information of the management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • logo may be determined the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to send a first message to the first storage network element to request to obtain the information of the management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal may include a first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the PLMN where the first terminal is located, that is, it is used to identify a PLMN.
  • step 405 may include: according to the first identifier in the PDUID of the first terminal, the second management and control network element obtains from the NRF network element the identifier of the storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier (that is, the storage network element of the first storage network element). Identification); the second management and control network element sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the identification of the first storage network element.
  • the identifier of the storage network element is used to identify a storage network element, and can be specifically the name or address of the storage network element, which is not limited.
  • the identifier of the first storage network element may be FQDN information or IP address information of the UDM network element, etc., which is not limited.
  • the first storage network element receives the first message from the second management and control network element, and sends the identifier of the first management and control network element to the second management and control network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. After receiving the first message carrying the PDUID of the first terminal from the second management and control network element, the first storage network element can determine the identity of the first management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal according to the corresponding relationship, thereby The identifier of the first management and control network element is sent to the second management and control network element.
  • the second management and control network element receives the identifier of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element may obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element.
  • the second management and control network element can generate discovery matching parameters based on the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and send the discovery matching parameters to the second terminal, so that the first terminal performs subsequent follow-ups based on the discovery parameters and the second terminal based on the discovery matching parameters.
  • the second management and control network element obtains the identification of the first management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal through the first storage network element.
  • the first management and control network element may register the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element in the first storage network element after allocating the PDUID of the first terminal. superior. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can query the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal through the first storage network element. Among the plurality of management and control network elements, the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal can further obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal from the first management and control network element.
  • This solution can be used to solve the problem that in the 5G network or the future evolved PLMN network, the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • this application provides yet another communication method, which may be based on the method shown in FIG. 4.
  • the method further includes steps 408-409, which are specifically as follows.
  • the first management and control network element sends a first deletion request message to the first storage network element.
  • the first deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal is valid, and the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element is valid.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal becomes invalid, and the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element also becomes invalid.
  • the storage network element sends a first deletion request message to request the first storage network element to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
  • the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the first deletion request message.
  • the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the PDUID, or the first management and control network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
  • the first management and control network element may determine the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal according to the subscription information of the first terminal obtained from the UDR network element.
  • the subscription information may include the duration of the D2D communication subscription of the first terminal, and the duration may be set as the validity period of the PDUID.
  • the correspondence stored by the first storage network element is a valid correspondence
  • the PDUID of the first terminal in the correspondence is also a valid user identifier.
  • the wrong management and control network element can be found based on the invalid PDUID, and then the wrong discovery parameter can be obtained.
  • this application provides yet another communication method, which may be based on the method shown in FIG. 4 and used to replace the foregoing steps 408-409.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the above method further includes: the first storage network element receives the first indication information.
  • the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the PDUID, or the first management and control network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
  • the first management and control network element may send the first information and the validity period of the PDUID in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the first indication information includes information such as the effective start and end time or effective duration of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • This method can realize that the corresponding relationship saved by the first storage network element is a valid corresponding relationship, and the PDUID of the first terminal in the corresponding relationship is also a valid user identifier. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the wrong management and control network element can be found based on the invalid PDUID, and then the wrong discovery parameter can be obtained.
  • adopting the solution corresponding to step 410 can reduce the signaling overhead between the first management and control network element and the first storage network element, and reduce the number of interactions between network elements.
  • the first management and control network element may register with the first storage network element the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element at various times.
  • the following respectively describes different occasions when the first management and control network element sends the first information.
  • the first management and control network element allocates a PDUID to the first terminal, which can be used as a trigger condition for the first management and control network element to send the first information. That is, after the first management and control network element allocates the PDUID of the first terminal, it sends the first information to the first storage network element.
  • the first management and control network element can send the first information to the first storage network element, so as to compare the difference between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The corresponding relationship is registered to the first storage network element.
  • the first management and control network element may also request the server of the first application to authorize the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the first management and control network element receives the authorization response message indicating successful authorization, it sends the first information to the first storage network element.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first management and control network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the server of the first application receives the authorization request message from the first management and control network element.
  • the server of the first application reports to the first management and control The network element sends an authorization response message to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the D2D communication service subscribed by the first terminal involves multiple proximity service applications. For some specific applications (for example, the first application) of the multiple proximity service applications, whether the first terminal can perform D2D discovery requires authorization from the servers of these specific applications. For example, in step 411, during the D2D discovery process, the first management and control network element may send an authorization request message to the server of the first application to request that the first terminal be authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the first management and control network element receives an authorization response message from the server of the first application, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the first terminal may perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the server of the first application successfully authorizes the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application
  • the first terminal may subsequently perform D2D communication for the first application. It can also be said that the server of the first application successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, which also means that the server of the first application successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D communication for the first application.
  • the first management and control network element determines that the first terminal can perform D2D discovery for the first application according to the authorization response message, then the first management and control network element will allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the first terminal may obtain the discovery parameters. , And enable the second management and control network element to use the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element to obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element will not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters;
  • the management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal according to the corresponding relationship. Therefore, the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
  • the first management and control network element registers the PDUID of the first terminal and the first management and control with the first storage network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the identities of the network elements without registering the corresponding relationship in advance.
  • the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and there are M first terminals that receive the authorization response message from the server of the first application, the first management and control network element can register the M first terminals.
  • N and M are integers, and M is less than or equal to N.
  • the second solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence between the PDUIDs of the N-M first terminals and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the second solution can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal fails to obtain the discovery parameter when the server authorization of the first application fails.
  • the first management and control network element after receiving the discovery request message sent by the first terminal, the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first management and control network element receives a discovery request message from the first terminal, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery.
  • the first management and control network element will allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal only after receiving the discovery request message from the first terminal. Only then can the first terminal obtain the discovery parameters and make the second management and control network element use the first
  • the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of a terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element obtains the first terminal discovery parameter. If the first terminal has not initiated the discovery request message, the first management and control network element will not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters; even if the first management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, The second management and control network element also cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal according to the corresponding relationship, so the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
  • the first management and control network element after receiving the discovery request message from the first terminal, the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element without registering the corresponding relationship in advance. Assuming that the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and receives discovery request messages from P first terminals, the first management and control network element can register the PDUIDs of the P first terminals and the first terminal. The corresponding relationship between the identifiers of the management and control network elements. Wherein, N and P are integers, and P is less than or equal to N. Compared with the first solution, the third solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the registered N-P first terminals and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • adopting the third solution can avoid the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the first terminal not acquiring the discovery parameters and registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal has not sent the discovery request message all the time. problem.
  • the first management and control network element may send the authorization request message in step 411 after allocating the PDUID to the first terminal, or it may send the authorization request message in step 411 after receiving the discovery request message initiated by the first terminal.
  • Authorization request message may be sent the authorization request message in step 411 after allocating the PDUID to the first terminal, or it may send the authorization request message in step 411 after receiving the discovery request message initiated by the first terminal.
  • the first information is sent to the first storage network element.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters according to the discovery request message.
  • the discovery request message in step 413 may include the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the discovery parameter corresponds to the RPAUID.
  • the first management and control network element may allocate corresponding discovery parameters to the RPAUID.
  • the first management and control network element allocates the discovery parameters of the first terminal, it is possible for the first terminal to obtain the discovery parameters and enable the second management and control network element to use one of the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the two obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal. If the first management and control network element does not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters; even if the first management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, the second management and control network element cannot be based on the corresponding relationship.
  • the discovery parameter of the first terminal is acquired, so the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
  • the first management and control network element after receiving the discovery request message and assigning discovery parameters, registers the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element with the first storage network element , Without registering the corresponding relationship in advance.
  • the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals
  • the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters to Q first terminals
  • the first management and control network element can register the PDUIDs of the Q first terminals Correspondence with the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • N and Q are integers
  • Q is less than or equal to N.
  • the fourth solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence between the PDUID of the registered N-Q first terminals and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  • Q is less than or equal to M
  • Q is less than or equal to P.
  • the fourth solution can also reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship.
  • Q is less than P
  • the fourth solution can also reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship.
  • adopting the fourth solution can avoid the signaling overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameters when the first management and control network element does not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal. And storage resource overhead.
  • the first management and control network element may not send the first information immediately after allocating the discovery parameters to the first terminal, but send the first information at other times after the discovery parameters are allocated.
  • the first management and control network element sends a discovery response to the first terminal
  • the first information is sent to the first storage network element.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, where the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter.
  • the first terminal obtains the discovery parameters, and causes the second management and control network element to use the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the corresponding relationship between the two obtains the first terminal discovery parameter. If the first management and control network element does not send a discovery response message to the first terminal, the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters, even if the first management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, and the second management and control network element is based on the corresponding relationship If the discovery parameter of the first terminal is acquired, the second terminal cannot discover the first terminal based on the discovery parameter, so the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
  • the first management and control network element after receiving the discovery request message and sending the discovery response message to the first terminal, registers the first information with the first storage network element without pre-registering the corresponding relationship. Assuming that the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and the first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to K first terminals, the first management and control network element can register the K first terminals Correspondence between the PDUID and the identity of the first management and control network element. Wherein, N and K are integers, and K is less than or equal to N. Compared with the first solution, the fifth solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence between the PDUIDs of the N-K first terminals and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • K is less than or equal to Q.
  • the fifth solution can also reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship.
  • adopting the fifth solution can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameter.
  • the first management and control network element may also send the first information to the first storage network element at other times after the PDUID of the first terminal is assigned. Exemplify.
  • FIG. 7 shows another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, which can be applied to D2D discovery.
  • the communication method may include:
  • the first management and control network element obtains second information, where the second information includes the RPAUID and discovery parameters of the first terminal for the first application, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery.
  • the first management and control network element may be the aforementioned PCF network element or a newly added network element.
  • the first management and control network element may obtain the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application from the first terminal.
  • the first management and control network element may obtain the RPAUID of the first application from the discovery request message sent by the first terminal.
  • the above method further includes that the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters to the RPAUID, so that the first terminal and other terminals subsequently perform D2D discovery based on the discovery parameters.
  • the first management and control network element sends second information to the first storage network element, where the second information is used by the first storage network element to store the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first management and control network element may send the RPAUID and the discovery parameter of the first terminal for the first application to the first storage network element, so that the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the management and control network elements corresponding to other terminals can obtain corresponding discovery parameters from the first storage network element according to the RPAUID.
  • the first storage network element is a storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located.
  • the first storage network element may be the aforementioned UDM network element, UDR network element, or BSF network element, etc., or may be a newly-added network element.
  • the first storage network element receives the second information from the first management and control network element, and stores the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter. It can also be said that the first management and control network element compares the correspondence between RPAUID and the discovery parameter Register to the first storage network element. Further, the first storage network element may provide the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID to the management and control network elements of other terminals according to the corresponding relationship.
  • the second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the target PDUID may include the PDUID of one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered of the second terminal, and the one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered include the first terminal.
  • the target PDUID includes the first terminal.
  • the PDUID of the terminal For the relevant description of the second management and control network element receiving the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, refer to the foregoing step 404, which will not be repeated here.
  • the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal according to the PDUID of the first terminal as an example. For each of the other PDUIDs in the target PDUID, the second management and control network element can obtain the corresponding discovery parameters of the terminal to be monitored/to be discovered in a similar manner. It can be understood that the above method may also include the following steps.
  • the second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the second message includes the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the second message is used to obtain the RPAUID corresponding to the RPAUID. Found parameters.
  • the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to send a second message to the first storage network element to request to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier
  • the first identifier is an identifier of the PLMN where the first terminal is located, that is, it is used to identify a PLMN.
  • step 705 may include: according to the first identifier in the PDUID of the first terminal, the second management and control network element obtains the identifier of the storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the NRF network element (that is, the identifier of the first storage network element). Identification); the second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the identification of the first storage network element.
  • the identification of the first storage network element reference may be made to the relevant description in step 405 above.
  • the first storage network element receives the second message from the second management and control network element, and sends the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element according to the second message and the corresponding relationship.
  • the first storage network element stores the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter.
  • the first storage network element may determine the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID according to the corresponding relationship, and thereby send the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element.
  • the second management and control network element receives the discovery parameter from the first storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element may generate the discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and send the discovery matching parameter to the second terminal, so that the first terminal Based on the discovery parameters and the second terminal performs the subsequent D2D discovery process based on the discovery matching parameters.
  • the second management and control network element can directly obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal from the first storage network element without going to the first management and control network element. Obtaining the discovery parameters can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters.
  • the first management and control network element may register the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter on the first storage network element.
  • the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID from the first storage network element, which can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know the direction to the first storage network element.
  • the problem of which management and control network element in the PLMN where a terminal is located obtains the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the second management and control network element can directly obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal through the first storage network element, and there is no need to go to the first management and control network element to obtain the discovery parameters.
  • the signaling overhead between the first management and control network element and the second management and control network element is reduced, the number of interactions between devices is reduced, the processing delay is reduced, and the processing efficiency is improved.
  • this application provides yet another communication method, which may be based on the method shown in FIG. 7.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first management and control network element sends a second deletion request message to the first storage network element.
  • the second deletion request message is used to request to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the first management and control network element can send a second deletion request message to the first storage network element to request deletion of RPAUID and Find the correspondence between the parameters.
  • the first storage network element After receiving the second deletion request message from the first management and control network element, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
  • the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the discovery parameter, or the first management and control network element receives second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the first management and control network element may determine the validity period of the first terminal discovery parameter according to the subscription information of the first terminal obtained from the UDR network element.
  • the subscription information may include the duration for the first terminal to subscribe to the D2D communication for the first application, and the duration may be set as the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the corresponding relationship saved by the first storage network element is a valid corresponding relationship
  • the discovery parameter in the corresponding relationship is a valid discovery parameter. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the invalid discovery parameters can be avoided.
  • this application provides yet another communication method, which can be based on the method shown in Fig. 7 to replace the above steps 708-709.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  • the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the above method further includes: the first storage network element receives the second indication information.
  • the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the discovery parameter, or the first management and control network element receives second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the first management and control network element may send the second information and the validity period of the discovery parameter in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the second indication information includes information such as the effective start and end time or effective duration of the discovery parameter.
  • This method can realize that the corresponding relationship saved by the first storage network element is the effective corresponding relationship, and the discovery parameter in the corresponding relationship is the effective discovery parameter. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the invalid discovery parameters can be avoided.
  • step 710 can reduce the signaling overhead between the first management and control network element and the first storage network element, and reduce the number of interactions between network elements.
  • first management and control network element and the second management and control network element respectively corresponding to the first terminal and the second terminal may be the same or different.
  • the second management and control network element executes the above-mentioned process, and obtains the discovery parameters of the terminal to be monitored/discovered through the storage network element. Regardless of whether the first managed network element is the same as the second managed network element.
  • the second management and control network element obtains the target PDUID, if it is determined that the PDUID of the first terminal in the target PDUID is not allocated by the second management and control network element, that is, the second management and control network element and the first management and control network element If the second management and control network element is different, the second management and control network element executes the communication process described in the above embodiment, and uses the first storage network element to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal; if the PDUID of the first terminal is allocated by the second management and control network element, that is, the second The management and control network element is the same as the first management and control network element, and the second management and control network element stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameters of the first terminal from itself.
  • FIG. 9A a schematic diagram of an architecture of the D2D communication system can be seen in FIG. 9A.
  • the management and control network element shown in FIG. 2A may be the PCF network element shown in FIG. 9A, and the storage network element shown in FIG. 2A may be the UDM shown in FIG. 9A.
  • FIG. 9B shows another schematic diagram of the architecture of the D2D communication system.
  • the D2D communication system includes a first terminal, a second terminal, a first (R)AN device accessed by the first terminal, a first AMF network element accessed by the first terminal, and a corresponding The first PCF network element, the first UDM network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located, the second (R)AN device that the second terminal accesses, the second AMF network element that the second terminal accesses, and the second terminal corresponds to The second PCF network element, UDR network element and the first application server and other equipment.
  • the first (R)AN device and the second (R)AN device may be the same or different, and the first AMF network element and the second AMF network element may be the same or different.
  • the following describes the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application based on the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 9B, taking the discovery process corresponding to mode A as an example.
  • the embodiment of the present application is not limited to a D2D communication system combined with a 5G network, and can also be applied to a D2D communication system combined with other communication systems that will evolve in the future (for example, a 6G network system).
  • the names of the various network elements used in the embodiments of the present application may remain the same in function when combined with a future communication system, but the names will be changed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include the following main processes:
  • the first terminal obtains discovery parameters.
  • the second terminal obtains the discovery matching parameter.
  • the first terminal broadcasts the discovery parameter.
  • the second terminal monitors the broadcast message, and determines to discover the first terminal according to the discovery parameter and the discovery matching parameter.
  • the first terminal establishes a D2D communication link with the second terminal, and performs D2D communication.
  • step 1001 may include the following steps 1101-1117:
  • the first terminal registers with the network through the first (R)AN device and the first AMF network element.
  • the first AMF network element selects the first PCF network element for the first terminal.
  • the first PCF network element allocates PDUID1 and the validity period of PDUID1 to the first terminal.
  • the conditions for the first PCF network element to allocate PDUID1 to the first terminal may refer to the condition 1 and the condition 2 in step 401 above. After allocating PDUID1, the first PCF network element may send PDUID1 to the first terminal.
  • This step 1103 may correspond to the above step 401.
  • the first PCF network element allocates the validity period of PDUID1.
  • the first PCF network element receives first indication information from the UDR network element or other network elements, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
  • the first PCF network element sends first information to the first UDM network element, where the first information includes PDUID1 and the identification of the first PCF network element, and the first information is used by the first UDM network element to store PDUID1 and the first PCF network element. Correspondence between the identities of the meta.
  • the first UDM network element is the UDM network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located, and corresponds to the identity of the PLMN.
  • This step 1104 may correspond to the above step 402.
  • the first UDM network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element.
  • This step 1105 may correspond to the above step 403.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first PCF network element sends a first deletion request message to the first UDM network element.
  • the first deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element.
  • the first UDM network element receives the first deletion request message from the first PCF network element, and deletes the correspondence between PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element according to the first deletion request message.
  • the steps 1106-1107 may correspond to the above steps 408-409.
  • step 1108 In another implementation manner, the above steps 1106-1107 can be replaced with step 1108:
  • the first UDM network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element.
  • the first UDM network element receives first indication information from the first PCF network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
  • the first PCF network element may send the first information and the validity period of the PDUID in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • This step 1108 may correspond to the above step 410.
  • step 1108 can reduce the signaling overhead between the first PCF network element and the first UDM network element, and reduce the number of interactions between network elements.
  • the method may also include:
  • the first terminal sends PDUID1 to the server of the first application.
  • the server of the first application allocates RPAUID1 to PDUID1 for the first application, and stores the correspondence between PDUID1 and RPAUID1.
  • the RPAUID1 is the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application.
  • the server of the first application may also send the allocated RPAUID1 to the first terminal.
  • the first terminal sends a discovery request message to the first PCF network element, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery, and the discovery request message includes RPAUID1.
  • the first terminal when it wants to perform D2D communication or wants to be discovered by D2D, it may send a discovery request message to the first PCF network element.
  • the discovery request message may also include information such as the discovery type, the identification of the first terminal (for example, the international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)), or the identification of the first application.
  • the discovery type is restricted discover.
  • the first terminal after the first terminal is registered to the network in the above step 1101, it can subscribe to the D2D communication service, and the corresponding subscription information can be stored on the UDR network element.
  • the first AMF network element selects the first PCF network element for the first terminal in the above step 1102
  • the first PCF network element may obtain the subscription information of the first terminal on the D2D communication service from the UDR network element, or not from the UDR
  • the network element obtains the subscription information of the first terminal regarding the D2D communication service.
  • the method may further include step 1112 or step 1113:
  • the first PCF network element determines that it includes the subscription information of the first terminal for the D2D communication service, and the subscription information is used to indicate that the first terminal is allowed to perform D2D discovery, continue to perform step 1114 and subsequent processes.
  • the first PCF network element determines that the first terminal's subscription information for the D2D communication service is not included, the first PCF network element obtains the subscription information from the UDR network element, and the subscription information is used to instruct the first terminal to allow D2D discovery , Then continue to perform step 1114 and subsequent processes.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first PCF network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the authorization request message may include information such as RPAUID1 or discovery type.
  • the discovery type is restricted discovery.
  • the first PCF network element receives an authorization response message from the server of the first application, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the authorization response message may include information such as PDUID1.
  • the first PCF network element allocates the discovery parameter and the validity period of the discovery parameter to RPAUID1, and stores the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • the discovery parameter may include ProSe Restricted Code (ProSe Restricted Code).
  • the first PCF network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, where the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter and the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the first terminal has obtained the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1.
  • step 1002 may include the following steps 1118-1135:
  • the second terminal registers with the network through the second (R)AN device and the second AMF network element.
  • the second AMF network element selects the second PCF network element for the second terminal.
  • the second PCF network element allocates PDUID2 and the validity period of PDUID2 to the second terminal.
  • the second PCF network element After the second PCF network element allocates PDUID2, it may send PDUID2 to the first terminal.
  • the second terminal sends PDUID2 to the server of the first application.
  • the server of the first application allocates RPAUID2 to PDUID2 for the first application, and stores the correspondence between PDUID2 and RPAUID2.
  • the RPAUID2 is the RPAUID of the second terminal for the first application.
  • the server of the first application may also send the allocated RPAUID2 to the second terminal.
  • the second terminal obtains a target RPAUID, where the target RPAUID includes RPAUID1.
  • the second terminal may obtain the target RPAUID from the server of the first application, or obtain the target RPAUID from the local application layer of the second terminal.
  • the target RPAUID may include the RPAUID of one or more terminals to be monitored for the first application, including the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, that is, RPAUID1.
  • the second terminal sends a discovery request message to the second PCF network element, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery, and the discovery request message includes the target RPAUID.
  • the target RPAUID includes RPAUID1.
  • the discovery request message may also include information such as RPAUID2, discovery type, identification of the second terminal, or identification of the first application.
  • the discovery type is restricted discovery.
  • the method may further include step 1125 or step 1126:
  • the second PCF network element includes the subscription information of the second terminal on the D2D communication service, and the subscription information is used to indicate that the second terminal can perform D2D discovery, continue to perform step 1127 and subsequent processes.
  • the first PCF network element obtains the subscription information from the UDR network element, and the subscription information is used to indicate that the second terminal can perform D2D discovery. Then continue to perform step 1127 and subsequent processes.
  • the method may further include steps 1127-1128:
  • the second PCF network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the second terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the authorization request message may include information such as target RPAUID, RPAUID2, or discovery type.
  • the discovery type is restricted discovery.
  • the second PCF network element receives an authorization response message from the server of the first application, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the second terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  • the authorization response message includes PDUID2 and the corresponding relationship between each target RPAUID and target PDUID, including the corresponding relationship between RPAUID1 and PDUID1.
  • the second PCF network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • This step 1128 may correspond to the above step 404.
  • the second PCF network element determines the first UDM network element according to the PLMN identifier in PDUID1.
  • the UDM network element corresponding to the PLMN identifier in PDUID1 is the first UDM network element.
  • the second PCF network element sends a first message to the first UDM network element, where the first message includes PDUID1, and the first message is used to obtain an identifier of the first PCF network element that stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the steps 1129-1130 may correspond to the above step 405.
  • the first UDM network element receives the first message from the second PCF network element, and sends the identification of the first PCF network element corresponding to PDUID1 to the second PCF network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
  • This step 1131 may correspond to the above step 406.
  • the second PCF network element receives the identifier of the first PCF network element from the first UDM network element, and sends a parameter request message to the first PCF network element, the parameter request message includes RPAUID1, and the parameter request message is used to obtain RPAUID1 Corresponding discovery parameters.
  • the parameter request message may also include information such as PDUID1.
  • the first PCF network element receives the parameter request message from the first UDM network element, and sends the discovery parameter to the second PCF network element according to the parameter request message and the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
  • the second PCF network element receives the discovery parameter from the first PCF network element, and generates a discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter.
  • the second PCF network element may obtain the discovery parameters corresponding to each target RPAUID (including RPAUID1).
  • the second PCF network element may generate the discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter and the validity period of the discovery parameter respectively corresponding to each target RPAUID.
  • the discovery matching parameters include the discovery parameters corresponding to each target RPAUID, and the minimum value in the validity period of these discovery parameters.
  • the second PCF network element sends a discovery response message to the second terminal, where the discovery response information includes discovery matching parameters.
  • the second terminal has obtained the discovery matching parameter.
  • step 1003 may include step 1136:
  • the first terminal broadcasts the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1.
  • the first terminal may broadcast the discovery parameter. For example, in one manner, after acquiring the discovery parameter, the first terminal may continue to broadcast the discovery parameter until it is discovered by other terminals.
  • the first terminal obtains the discovery parameter, it temporarily does not broadcast the discovery parameter, and the first PCF network element determines that there is Other terminals want to monitor the first terminal, so they can notify the first terminal, and the first terminal broadcasts the discovery parameter at this time.
  • this method can save the broadcast overhead of discovering parameters.
  • the foregoing step 1004 may include:
  • the second terminal After listening to the discovery parameter broadcast by the first terminal, the second terminal determines that the discovery parameter matches the discovery matching parameter.
  • the second terminal may also send the discovery parameter of the first terminal to the second PCF network element, so as to learn the identity of the first terminal from the second PCF network element.
  • the foregoing step 1005 may include:
  • the first terminal and the second terminal establish a D2D communication link based on the PC5 interface, and perform D2D communication.
  • the first PCF network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element in the first UDM after allocating PDUID1 to the first terminal On the network element. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple PCF network elements, the second PCF network element corresponding to the second terminal can query the multiple PCFs included in the PLMN where the first terminal is located through the first UDM network element according to PDUID1. In the network element, the identification of the first PCF network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal can then obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal from the first PCF network element; it does not appear that the second PCF network element does not know to which direction.
  • the PCF network element obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the second PCF network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the second PCF network element may also generate a discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter of the first terminal. The first terminal and the second terminal respectively discover each other based on the discovery parameter and the discovery matching parameter, and then establish a D2D communication link for communication.
  • steps 1101-1138 the sequence of some steps can be changed. For example, steps 1114-1115 can be executed first, and then step 1111 can be executed, which will not be listed here.
  • the above steps 1104-1108 may be after step 1103; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after the above step 1111; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after the above step 1115; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after After the above step 1116; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after the above step 1107.
  • FIG. 12 shows another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include steps 1101-1103 and steps 1109-1129.
  • the method may further include steps 1200-1201:
  • the first PCF network element sends second information to the first UDM network element, where the second information is used by the first UDM network element to save the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
  • the first UDM network element stores the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
  • the method may further include steps 1202-1203:
  • the first PCF network element sends a second deletion request message to the first UDM network element.
  • the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
  • the first UDM network element receives the second deletion request message from the first PCF network element, and deletes the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
  • the method further includes: the first PCF network element allocates the validity period of the discovery parameter, or the first PCF network element receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the method may further include:
  • the first UDM network element deletes the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
  • the above method further includes: the first UDM network element receives the second indication information.
  • the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  • the first PCF network element may send the second information and the validity period of the discovery parameter in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
  • the method may further include:
  • the second PCF network element sends a parameter request message to the first UDM network element, where the parameter request message includes RPAUID1, and the parameter request message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1.
  • the parameter request message may also include information such as PDUID1.
  • the first UDM network element receives the parameter request message from the second PCF network element, and sends the discovery parameter to the second PCF network element according to the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
  • the method may further include the above-mentioned steps 1134-1138.
  • the first PCF network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter on the first UDM network element.
  • the second PCF network element corresponding to the second terminal can determine the first UDM network element according to PDUID1, and directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1 from the first UDM network element, which can solve the problem that the second PCF network element does not know the PLMN where the first terminal is located. Which PCF network element in the network element obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the second PCF network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  • the second PCF network element can directly obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal through the first UDM network element, without the need to go to the first PCF network element to obtain the discovery parameters, which can also reduce
  • the signaling overhead between the first PCF network element and the second PCF network element reduces the number of interactions between devices, reduces processing delay, and improves processing efficiency.
  • the D2D communication process shown in FIG. 11-12 is explained by using mode A for restricted discovery as an example.
  • Restricted discovery using mode B is similar to restricted discovery using mode A, except that the discovery parameters in mode B include ProSe Query Filter and ProSe Response Code.
  • the discovery matching parameters generated according to the discovery parameters in mode B include ProSe Query Code and ProSe Response Filter.
  • the process corresponding to steps 1136-1137 in Figure 11 and Figure 12 above can be replaced with: the second terminal broadcasts the ProSe Query Code in the found matching parameter, and the first terminal receives the ProSe Query Code and determines that it can match the ProSe Query Code in the discovery parameter.
  • the Query Filter After the Query Filter is matched, it broadcasts the ProSe Response Code in the discovery parameter; the second terminal receives the ProSe Response Code and determines the ProSe Response Filter in the found matching parameter.
  • the second terminal may report the discovery parameter to the second PCF network element to obtain the identity of the first terminal.
  • the second terminal and the first terminal execute the subsequent D2D communication connection process.
  • the PDUID of the first terminal may include indication information of the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first management and control network element stores the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application.
  • the corresponding discovery parameter may include indication information of the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first management and control network element stores the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application.
  • the second management and control network element may directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID from the first management and control network element according to the identification of the first management and control network element indicated by the indication information in the PDUID of the first terminal in the target PDUID, so that the first management and control network
  • the element does not need to register the first information or the second information to the first storage network element, and the first storage network element does not need to provide the identification of the first management network element to the second management and control network element, thus saving the first management and control network element.
  • the signaling overhead between the second management and control network element and the first storage network element reduces the number of interactions between the network elements.
  • the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, or the first storage network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function.
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • the embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, or the first storage network element according to the foregoing method examples.
  • each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or More than two functions are integrated in one processing module.
  • the above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • the above mainly describes the method in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application for performing the foregoing method is described below. Those skilled in the art can understand that the method and the device can be combined and referenced with each other.
  • the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the above-mentioned communication method performed by the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, or the first storage network element. step.
  • FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 130.
  • the communication device 130 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.
  • the communication device 130 is the first management and control network element or is located on the first management and control network element
  • the processing module 1301 is configured to: allocate the proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID to the first terminal through the transceiver module 1302;
  • the module 1302 sends first information to the first storage network element.
  • the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  • the first information is used by the first storage network element to store the PDUID and the first terminal of the first terminal. 1.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 401 and 414 shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 in the above-mentioned embodiment; and step 1103, step 1112, step 1113, and step 1116 shown in FIG. 11; and /Or other steps or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 402, 408, 411, 412, 413, and 415 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 in the foregoing embodiment; and step 1104, step 415 shown in FIG. Step 1106, step 1114, step 1117, and step 1133; and/or other steps or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 130 is a second management and control network element or is located on a second management and control network element
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to: receive the target proximity discovery of the second terminal from the server of the first application through the transceiver module 1302
  • the user equipment identification PDUID, the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal
  • the transceiver module 1302 sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
  • the management and control network element To obtain the identification of the management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal; receive the identification of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1120, step 1125, step 1126, step 1129, and step 1134 shown in FIG. 11 in the foregoing embodiment; and/or the second management and control network element in the foregoing method embodiment And other actions or functions performed by the second PCF network element.
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 404, step 405, and step 407 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6; step 1127, step 1130, step 1132, and step 1135 shown in FIG. 11; And/or other actions or functions performed by the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device 130 is the first storage network element or is located on the first storage network element
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to: receive the first information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module 1302,
  • the information includes the proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element; the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element is stored;
  • the first message of the network element, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal;
  • the management and control network element sends the identifier of the first management and control network element.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 403, 409, and 410 shown in FIGS. 4-6 in the foregoing embodiment; step 1105, step 1107, and step 1108 shown in FIG. 11; and/or Other actions or functions performed by the first storage network element and the first UDM network element in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 406 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6, step 1131 in FIG. 11, and/or the first storage network element and the first storage network element in the above method embodiments. Other actions or functions performed by UDM network elements.
  • the communication device 130 is the first management and control network element or is located on the first management and control network element, and the processing module 1301 can be used to: Restricted proximity application user identification RPAUID and discovery parameters, the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery; the second information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the second information is used for the first storage network element to save the RPAUID and the discovery parameters Correspondence between.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to: Restricted proximity application user identification RPAUID and discovery parameters, the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery; the second information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the second information is used for the first storage network element to save the RPAUID and the discovery parameters Correspondence between.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 701, step 1103, step 1112, step 1113, and step 1116 shown in FIG. 7-8 in the above-mentioned embodiment; and/or implementation of the above method In the example, other actions or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element.
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 702 and 708 shown in FIGS. 7-8 in the above-mentioned embodiment; step 1114, step 1117, step 1200, and step 1202 shown in FIG. 12; and/or above Other actions or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the method embodiment.
  • the communication device 130 is a second management and control network element or is located on a second management and control network element
  • the processing module 1301 may be configured to: receive the target proximity of the second terminal from the server of the first application through the transceiver module 1302 It is found that the user equipment identification PDUID, the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal; according to the PDUID of the first terminal, a second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the second message includes the first terminal’s acceptance of the first application.
  • the user identification RPAUID is limited to the adjacent application, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID; the discovery parameter is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
  • processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1120, step 1125, step 1126, step 1129, and step 1134 shown in FIG. 12 in the above embodiment; and/or the second management and control network element in the above method embodiment Or other actions or functions performed by the second PCF network element.
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 704 and 707 shown in FIGS. 7 to 8 in the foregoing embodiment; step 1205, step 1127, and step 1135 shown in FIG. 12; and/or the above method embodiments Other actions or functions performed by the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element.
  • the communication device 130 is a first storage network element or is located on a first management and control network element
  • the processing module 1301 may be used to: receive the second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module 1302,
  • the second information includes the restricted proximity application user identification RPAUID and discovery parameters of the first terminal for the first application.
  • the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery; the corresponding relationship between RPAUID and discovery parameters is stored;
  • the second message of the element, the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID; according to the second message and the corresponding relationship, the discovery parameter is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module 1302.
  • the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 703, 709, and 710 shown in FIGS. 7-8 in the above-mentioned embodiment; step 1201, step 1203, and step 1204 shown in FIG. 12; and/ Or other actions or functions performed by the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the above method embodiments.
  • the transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 706 shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8; step 1206 shown in FIG. 12; and/or the first storage network element or the first storage network element in the above method embodiments. Other actions or functions performed by UDM network elements.
  • the communication device 130 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner.
  • the "module” here can refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions.
  • the communication device 130 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 3.
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may call the computer instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication device 130 to execute the actions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication device 130 to execute the actions performed by the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may call the computer instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication device 130 to execute the actions performed by the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 and the transceiver module 1302 in FIG. 13 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling computer instructions stored in the memory 303.
  • the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 in FIG. 13 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling computer instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 in FIG. In the communication interface 304 to achieve.
  • the memory 303 may be used to store related instructions and data. For example, when the communication device is the first storage network element or is located on the first management and control network element, the memory 303 may also be used to store the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, or to store The corresponding relationship between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer instruction, and when the computer instruction runs on a communication device, the communication device executes the above-mentioned related method
  • the steps implement the communication method in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to implement the communication method executed by the communication device in the above-mentioned embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component, a module, or a system on a chip.
  • the device may include a connected processor and a memory; where the memory is used to store computer instructions.
  • the processor can execute the computer instructions stored in the memory so that the chip executes the communication performed by the communication device in the foregoing method embodiments.
  • the communication device may be the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • the communication device may be the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, and a first storage network element.
  • the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, and the first storage network element in the communication system can respectively execute the operations of the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, and the first storage network element in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication system may also include devices such as the first terminal, the second terminal, and the server of the first application.
  • the first terminal, the second terminal, and the server of the first application in the communication system can respectively execute the communication methods executed by the first terminal, the second terminal, and the server of the first application in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the communication device, computer readable storage medium, computer program product, chip or system-on-chip provided in the embodiments of the present application are all used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the above The beneficial effects of the corresponding methods provided in the article will not be repeated here.
  • the above embodiments it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
  • a software program it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer program instructions When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • Computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (such as Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, referred to as DSL) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or includes one or more data storage devices such as a server or a data center that can be integrated with the medium.
  • the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).

Abstract

Provided are a communication method and apparatus, which relate to the technical field of communications, and can enable a terminal to acquire a discovery parameter in a device-to-device (D2D) discovery process when multiple management and control network elements are deployed in each PLMN. The solution involves: a first management and control network element assigning a PDUID to a first terminal; the first management and control network element sending first information to a first storage network element, wherein the first information comprises the PDUID of the first terminal and an identifier of the first management and control network element, the first information is used for the first storage network element to store the correlation between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element, the first management and control network element stores a discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery. The embodiments of the present application are used for D2D discovery.

Description

一种通信方法及装置Communication method and device 技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
随着移动通信的高速发展,新业务类型如视频聊天、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)或增强现实(augmented reality,AR)等数据业务的普遍使用,提高了用户对带宽的需求。设备到设备(device to device,D2D)通信允许终端之间直接进行通信,可以在小区网络的控制下与小区用户共享频谱资源,有效提高频谱资源的利用率。With the rapid development of mobile communications, new types of services such as video chat, virtual reality (VR), or augmented reality (AR) and other data services are widely used, increasing users' demand for bandwidth. Device-to-device (D2D) communication allows direct communication between terminals, and can share spectrum resources with cell users under the control of the cell network, effectively improving the utilization of spectrum resources.
当两个终端需要进行D2D通信时,这两个终端可以首先获取发现参数,并基于获取的发现参数执行D2D发现过程;然后,两个终端之间建立D2D通信链路,从而进行D2D通信。When two terminals need to perform D2D communication, the two terminals may first obtain discovery parameters, and perform a D2D discovery process based on the obtained discovery parameters; then, a D2D communication link is established between the two terminals to perform D2D communication.
在第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation mobile communication technology,4G)网络中,每个公共陆地移动网络(public land mobile network,PLMN)有一个近距离业务功能(proximity sevice function,ProSe Function)网元。例如,发布终端所在PLMN1中的ProSe Function网元1为发布终端分配了发现参数。在D2D发现过程中,发布终端可以向ProSe Function网元1获取发布终端的发现参数。监听终端可以通过ProSe Function网元2,向待监听的发布终端所在PLMN1中的ProSe Function网元1获取发布终端的发现参数。发布终端和监听终端可以基于获取到的发现参数执行后续的D2D发现过程。In the 4th generation mobile communication technology (4G) network, each public land mobile network (PLMN) has a proximity service function (Proximity Sevice Function, ProSe Function) network element . For example, the ProSe function network element 1 in the PLMN1 where the publishing terminal is located allocates discovery parameters for the publishing terminal. During the D2D discovery process, the publishing terminal can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal from the ProSe Function network element 1. The monitoring terminal can obtain the discovery parameter of the publishing terminal from the ProSe Function network element 1 in the PLMN1 where the publishing terminal to be monitored is located through the ProSe Function network element 2. The publishing terminal and the listening terminal may execute the subsequent D2D discovery process based on the acquired discovery parameters.
在第五代移动通信技术(5th generation mobile networks,5G)网络中,由管控网元来实现发现参数的分配和存储。在通常情况下,一个PLMN部署有多个管控网元,例如,发布终端所在的PLMN1包括多个管控网元,监听终端通过对应的管控网元2如何获取待监听的发布终端的发现参数,是一个需要解决的重要问题。In the 5th generation mobile networks (5G) network, the management and control network elements implement the distribution and storage of discovery parameters. Under normal circumstances, a PLMN is deployed with multiple management and control network elements. For example, the PLMN 1 where the publishing terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements. How does the monitoring terminal obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal to be monitored through the corresponding management and control network element 2. An important issue that needs to be resolved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,能够在每个PLMN部署有多个D2D管控网元的情况下,让终端获取到D2D发现过程中的发现参数。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and device, which can allow the terminal to obtain the discovery parameters in the D2D discovery process when multiple D2D management and control network elements are deployed in each PLMN.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:In order to achieve the foregoing objectives, the following technical solutions are adopted in the embodiments of this application:
一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以应用于第一管控网元。该方法包括:第一管控网元为第一终端分配邻近业务发现用户设备标识(ProSe Discovery User Equipment Identity,ProSe Discovery UE ID,PDUID)。第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息,该第一信息包括第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识,该第一信息用于第一存储网元存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,第一管控网元存储有第一终端的发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。On the one hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to a first management and control network element. The method includes: the first management and control network element allocates a proximity service discovery user equipment identity (ProSe Discovery User Equipment Identity, ProSe Discovery UE ID, PDUID) to the first terminal. The first management and control network element sends first information to the first storage network element, the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first information is used by the first storage network element to store the first terminal Correspondence between the PDUID and the identity of the first management and control network element. Wherein, the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
在该方案中,第一终端对应的第一管控网元可以在分配第一终端的PDUID后,将第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元上。从 而,在每个PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第一存储网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID,向第二终端对应的第二管控网元提供第一终端所在的PLMN所包括的多个管控网元中,存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一管控网元的标识。以便,第二管控网元可以向第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数。因而,该方案可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In this solution, the first management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element in the first storage network after allocating the PDUID of the first terminal. Yuan Shang. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the first storage network element can provide the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal with the information included in the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal. Among the plurality of management and control network elements, the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
例如,第一管控网元可以为策略控制功能网元或新增的网元。For example, the first management and control network element may be a policy control function network element or a newly added network element.
例如,第一存储网元可以为统一数据管理网元、统一数据存储库网元、绑定支持功能网元或新增的网元。For example, the first storage network element may be a unified data management network element, a unified data storage library network element, a binding support function network element, or a newly added network element.
例如,发现参数包括邻近业务受限码(ProSe Restricted Code);或者,发现参数包括邻近业务查询过滤器(ProSe Query Filter)和邻近业务响应码(ProSe Response Code)。For example, the discovery parameters include ProSe Restricted Code; or, the discovery parameters include ProSe Query Filter and ProSe Response Code.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,该方法还可以包括:第一管控网元向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,授权请求消息用于请求授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。第一管控网元接收来自服务器的授权响应消息,授权响应消息用于指示成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。In a possible design, before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method may further include: the first management and control network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, the authorization request The message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application. The first management and control network element receives an authorization response message from the server, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
在该方案中,第一管控网元在确定第一应用的服务器成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现后,再向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;这样可以避免第一应用的服务器授权失败的情况下,第一终端未获取到发现参数,而事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。In this solution, after determining that the server of the first application has successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, the first management and control network element registers the PDUID of the first terminal and the first management and control network element with the first storage network element. The corresponding relationship between the identities; this can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by pre-registering the corresponding relationship when the first terminal fails to obtain the discovery parameter when the server authorization of the first application fails.
在另一种可能的设计中,在第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,该方法还包括:第一管控网元接收来自第一终端的发现请求消息,发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现。In another possible design, before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further includes: the first management and control network element receives a discovery request message from the first terminal, and the discovery request message Used to request D2D discovery.
在该方案中,第一管控网元在确定接收到第一终端发送的发现请求消息,后续会用到该对应关系的情况下,再向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;这样可以避免第一终端一直未发送发现请求消息的情况下,第一终端未获取到发现参数,而事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。In this solution, the first management and control network element determines that it has received the discovery request message sent by the first terminal and the corresponding relationship will be used later, and then registers the PDUID of the first terminal and the first storage network element with the first storage network element. Manages the correspondence relationship between the identities of the network elements; this can avoid the case where the first terminal has not sent a discovery request message, and the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameters, but registers the correspondence relationship in advance to cause the signaling overhead and storage Resources and other issues.
在另一种可能的设计中,发现请求消息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识(Restricted ProSe Application User ID,RPAUID),在第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前。该方法还包括:第一管控网元根据发现请求消息,分配发现参数,发现参数与RPAUID对应。In another possible design, the discovery request message includes the Restricted ProSe Application User ID (RPAUID) of the first terminal for the first application, and the first management and control network element sends it to the first storage network element. Before sending the first message. The method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters according to the discovery request message, and the discovery parameters correspond to the RPAUID.
在该方案中,第一管控网元在接收到发现请求消息并分配发现参数后,再向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;这样可以避免第一管控网元未分配第一终端的发现参数的情况下,第一终端未获取到发现参数,而事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。In this solution, after receiving the discovery request message and assigning discovery parameters, the first management and control network element registers the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element with the first storage network element; This can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the first terminal not acquiring the discovery parameter but registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the discovery parameter of the first terminal is not allocated by the first management and control network element.
在另一种可能的设计中,在第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,该方法还包括:第一管控网元向第一终端发送发现响应消息,发现响应消息包括发现参 数。In another possible design, before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further includes: the first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, and the discovery response message includes Found parameters.
在该方案中,第一管控网元接收到发现请求消息并向第一终端发送发现响应消息后,再向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;这样可以第一终端未获取到发现参数的情况下,事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。In this solution, after receiving the discovery request message and sending the discovery response message to the first terminal, the first management and control network element registers the difference between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element with the first storage network element. Correspondence relationship; in this way, when the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameter, the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence relationship can be registered in advance.
在另一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:当第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一删除请求消息,第一删除请求消息用于请求删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In another possible design, the method further includes: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first management and control network element sends a first deletion request message to the first storage network element, and the first deletion request message is used for For requesting to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
在该方案中,第一管控网元可以在第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期后,请求第一存储网元删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,第一管控网元分配该PDUID的有效期,或者第一管控网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该PDUID的有效期。In this solution, the first management and control network element may request the first storage network element to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element after the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires. Wherein, the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the PDUID, or the first management and control network element receives the first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一信息还包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端的PDUID的有效期。In another possible design, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
在该方案中,第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送的第一信息,包括用于指示第一终端的PDUID的有效期的第一指示信息,以便指示第一存储网元根据第一指示信息,在第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期后,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In this solution, the first information sent by the first management and control network element to the first storage network element includes first indication information for indicating the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to instruct the first storage network element to follow the first indication Information, after the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以应用于第二管控网元。该方法包括:第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,该第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID。其中,该第一消息用于获取存储有第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识。第二管控网元从第一存储网元接收第一管控网元的标识,第一管控网元存储有第一终端的发现参数。On the other hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the second management and control network element. The method includes: the second management and control network element receives the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal. The second management and control network element sends a first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal. Wherein, the first message is used to obtain the identifier of the management and control network element that stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal. The second management and control network element receives the identifier of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
在该方案中,在每个PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第二终端对应的第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元查询第一终端所在的PLMN所包括的多个管控网元中,存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一管控网元的标识,以便后续可以向第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数。因而,该方案可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In this solution, when each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can query the first storage network element for the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal. Among the multiple management and control network elements included, the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal is stored, so that the discovery parameters of the first terminal can be subsequently obtained from the first management and control network element. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,第一标识为第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识,第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,包括:第二管控网元根据第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取第一标识对应的PLMN中第一存储网元的标识。第二管控网元根据第一存储网元的标识,向第一存储网元发送第一消息。In a possible design, the PDUID of the first terminal includes the first identifier, the first identifier is the identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located, and the second management and control network element stores the first terminal according to the PDUID of the first terminal. The network element sending the first message includes: the second management and control network element obtains the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library function network element according to the first identifier. The second management and control network element sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the identifier of the first storage network element.
也就是说,第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID包括的PLMN的标识,确定第一存储网元。That is, the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PLMN identification included in the PDUID of the first terminal.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以应用于第一存储网元。该方法包括:第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第一信息,第一信息包括第一终端的 邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID和第一管控网元的标识。第一存储网元存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。第一存储网元接收来自第二管控网元的第一消息,第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID,第一消息用于获取第一终端的PDUID对应的管控网元的标识。第一存储网元根据第一消息和对应关系,向第二管控网元发送第一管控网元的标识。On the other hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first storage network element. The method includes: a first storage network element receives first information from a first management and control network element, the first information includes a proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and an identification of the first management and control network element. The first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The first storage network element receives a first message from the second management and control network element, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal. The first storage network element sends the identifier of the first management and control network element to the second management and control network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
在该方案中,第一存储网元可以保存第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。从而,在每个PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第一存储网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID,为第二终端对应的第二管控网提供第一终端所在的PLMN所包括的多个管控网元中,存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一管控网元的标识。以便,第二管控网元可以向第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数。因而,该方案可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In this solution, the first storage network element may store the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the first storage network element can provide the second management and control network corresponding to the second terminal with the information contained in the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal. Among the management and control network elements, the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第一删除请求消息,第一删除请求消息用于请求删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。第一存储网元根据第一删除请求消息,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the method further includes: the first storage network element receives a first deletion request message from the first management and control network element, and the first deletion request message is used to request to delete the PDUID and the first management and control of the first terminal. Correspondence between the identities of the network elements. The first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the first deletion request message.
这样,第一存储网元可以根据第一管控网元的请求,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In this way, the first storage network element may delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the request of the first management and control network element.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一信息还包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端的PDUID的有效期。该方法还包括:当第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,第一存储网元删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In another possible design, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal. The method further includes: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
这样,第一存储网元可以根据第一指示信息,在第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In this way, the first storage network element may delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires according to the first indication information.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以应用于第一管控网元。该方法可以包括:第一管控网元获取第二信息,该第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第二信息,第二信息用于第一存储网元保存RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。On the other hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first management and control network element. The method may include: the first management and control network element acquires second information, the second information includes a restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and a discovery parameter, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery. The first management and control network element sends second information to the first storage network element, and the second information is used by the first storage network element to save the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
在该方案中,第一终端对应的第一管控网元,可以将第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元上。以便,第一存储网元可以向第二终端对应的第二管控网元提供RPAUID对应的发现参数。因而,该方案可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In this solution, the first management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter on the first storage network element. In this way, the first storage network element can provide the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID to the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,该方法还包括:当发现参数的有效期到期时,第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第二删除请求消息,第二删除请求消息用于请求删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the method further includes: when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first management and control network element sends a second deletion request message to the first storage network element, and the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the RPAUID Correspondence with discovery parameters.
在该方案中,第一管控网元可以在发现参数的有效期到期后,请求第一存储网元删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In this solution, the first management and control network element may request the first storage network element to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter after the validity period of the discovery parameter expires.
在另一种可能的设计中,第二信息还包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示 发现参数的有效期。In another possible design, the second information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
在该方案中,第二信息可以包括用于指示发现参数的有效期的第二指示信息,以便第一存储网元可以根据该第二指示信息,在发现参数的有效期到期后,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In this solution, the second information may include second indication information for indicating the validity period of the discovery parameter, so that the first storage network element can delete the RPAUID and the discovery parameter after the validity period of the discovery parameter expires according to the second indication information. Correspondence between parameters.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以应用于第二管控网元。该方法包括:第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID,第二消息用于获取RPAUID对应的发现参数。第二管控网元从第一存储网元接收发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现。On the other hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the second management and control network element. The method includes: the second management and control network element receives the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID from the server of the first application, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal. The second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. The second message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the second message is used to obtain Discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID. The second management and control network element receives the discovery parameter from the first storage network element, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
在该方案中,第二终端对应的第二管控网元,可以根据第一终端的PDUID确定第一存储网元,并直接从第一存储网元获取RPAUID对应的发现参数,从而可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In this solution, the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID from the first storage network element, so as to solve the second problem. The management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,该第一标识为第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识。第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第二消息,包括:第二管控网元根据第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取第一标识对应的PLMN中第一存储网元的标识。第二管控网元根据第一存储网元的标识,向第一存储网元发送第二消息。In a possible design, the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located. The second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, including: the second management and control network element obtains the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library function network element according to the first identifier The identification of the first storage network element. The second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the identifier of the first storage network element.
也就是说,第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID包括的PLMN的标识,确定第一存储网元。That is, the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PLMN identification included in the PDUID of the first terminal.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以应用于第一存储网元。该方法可以包括:第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息,第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现。第一存储网元存储RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。第一存储网元接收来自第二管控网元的第二消息,第二消息包括RPAUID,第二消息用于获取RPAUID对应的发现参数。第一存储网元根据第二消息和对应关系,向第二管控网元发送发现参数。On the other hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication method, which can be applied to the first storage network element. The method may include: the first storage network element receives second information from the first management and control network element, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D found. The first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter. The first storage network element receives a second message from the second management and control network element, the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID. The first storage network element sends the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element according to the second message and the corresponding relationship.
在该方案中,第一存储网元可以存储第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系,从而向第二终端的第二管控网元提供RPAUID对应的发现参数。因而,该方案可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In this solution, the first storage network element may store the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter, so as to provide the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID to the second management and control network element of the second terminal. Therefore, this solution can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,在第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,该方法还可以包括:第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二删除请求消息,第二删除请求消息用于请求删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。第一存储网元根据第二删除请求消息,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In a possible design, after the first storage network element receives the second information from the first management and control network element, the method may further include: the first storage network element receives the second deletion request from the first management and control network element Message, the second delete request message is used to request to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter. The first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
这样,第一存储网元可以根据第一管控网元的请求,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In this way, the first storage network element can delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the request of the first management and control network element.
在另一种可能的设计中,第二信息还包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示 发现参数的有效期。在第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,该方法还包括:当发现参数的有效期到期时,第一存储网元删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In another possible design, the second information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter. After the first storage network element receives the second information from the first management and control network element, the method further includes: when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
这样,第一存储网元可以在第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In this way, the first storage network element can delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理模块和收发模块。其中,该处理模块用于:通过收发模块为第一终端分配邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID。通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息,第一信息包括第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识,第一信息用于第一存储网元存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,通信装置存储有第一终端的发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module. Wherein, the processing module is used for: assigning the proximity service discovery user equipment PDUID to the first terminal through the transceiver module. The first information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module. The first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The first information is used by the first storage network element to store the PDUID and the first terminal of the first terminal. 1. Correspondence between the identifiers of the management and control network elements. Wherein, the communication device stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:在通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,授权请求消息用于请求授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。通过收发模块接收来自服务器的授权响应消息,授权响应消息用于指示成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。In a possible design, the processing module is further configured to send an authorization request message to the server of the first application before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the authorization request message is used to request authorization for the first storage network element. The terminal performs D2D discovery for the first application. An authorization response message from the server is received through the transceiver module, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
在另一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:在通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,接收来自第一终端的发现请求消息,发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现。In another possible design, the processing module is further configured to: before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, receive a discovery request message from the first terminal, and the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery .
在另一种可能的设计中,发现请求消息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID。处理模块还用于:在通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,根据发现请求消息,分配发现参数,发现参数与RPAUID对应。In another possible design, the discovery request message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application. The processing module is further configured to: before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, allocate a discovery parameter according to the discovery request message, and the discovery parameter corresponds to the RPAUID.
在另一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:在通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,向第一终端发送发现响应消息,发现响应消息包括发现参数。In another possible design, the processing module is further configured to send a discovery response message to the first terminal before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter.
在另一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:当第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一删除请求消息,第一删除请求消息用于请求删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In another possible design, the processing module is further configured to: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, send a first deletion request message to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the first deletion request message is used for Request to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一信息还包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端的PDUID的有效期。In another possible design, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理模块和收发模块。其中,处理模块用于:通过收发模块从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。通过收发模块根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID,第一消息用于获取存储有第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识。通过收发模块从第一存储网元接收第一管控网元的标识,第一管控网元存储有第一终端的发现参数。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module. Wherein, the processing module is configured to: receive the second terminal target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID from the server of the first application through the transceiver module, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal. According to the PDUID of the first terminal, the transceiver module sends a first message to the first storage network element. The first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal. Logo. The identifier of the first management and control network element is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,第一标识为第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识。处理模块具体用于:根据第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取第一标识对应的PLMN中第一存储网元的标识。根据第一存储网元的标识,通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一消息。In a possible design, the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located. The processing module is specifically configured to: according to the first identifier, obtain the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library functional network element. According to the identifier of the first storage network element, the first message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理模块和收发模块。其中, 处理模块用于:通过收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第一信息,第一信息包括第一终端的邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID和第一管控网元的标识。存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。通过收发模块接收来自第二管控网元的第一消息,第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID,第一消息用于获取第一终端的PDUID对应的管控网元的标识。根据第一消息和对应关系,通过收发模块向第二管控网元发送第一管控网元的标识。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module. The processing module is configured to receive first information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, the first information including the proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element is stored. The first message from the second management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal. According to the first message and the corresponding relationship, the identifier of the first management and control network element is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:通过收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第一删除请求消息,第一删除请求消息用于请求删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。根据第一删除请求消息,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing module is further configured to: receive a first delete request message from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, and the first delete request message is used to request to delete the PDUID and the first management network of the first terminal. Correspondence between the identities of the meta. According to the first deletion request message, the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element is deleted.
在另一种可能的设计中,第一信息还包括第一指示信息,第一指示信息用于指示第一终端的PDUID的有效期。处理模块还用于:当第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。In another possible design, the first information further includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal. The processing module is further configured to: when the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理模块和收发模块。其中,处理模块用于:获取第二信息,第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现。通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第二信息,第二信息用于第一存储网元保存RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module. The processing module is used to obtain second information, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery. The second information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the second information is used by the first storage network element to save the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:当发现参数的有效期到期时,通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第二删除请求消息,第二删除请求消息用于请求删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing module is also used to: when the validity period of the parameter is found to expire, send a second delete request message to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the second delete request message is used to request deletion of RPAUID and Find the correspondence between the parameters.
在另一种可能的设计中,第二信息还包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示发现参数的有效期。In another possible design, the second information further includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理模块和收发模块。其中,该处理模块用于:通过收发模块从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。根据第一终端的PDUID,通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID,第二消息用于获取RPAUID对应的发现参数。通过收发模块从第一存储网元接收发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module. Wherein, the processing module is configured to receive the second terminal target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID from the server of the first application through the transceiver module, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal. According to the PDUID of the first terminal, a second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module. The second message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application. The second message is used to obtain the corresponding RPAUID. The discovery parameters. The discovery parameter is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
在一种可能的设计中,第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,第一标识为第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识。处理模块具体用于:根据第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取第一标识对应的PLMN中第一存储网元的标识。根据第一存储网元的标识,通过收发模块向第一存储网元发送第二消息。In a possible design, the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located. The processing module is specifically configured to: according to the first identifier, obtain the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library functional network element. According to the identifier of the first storage network element, the second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括处理模块和收发模块。其中,处理模块用于:通过收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息,第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现。存储RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。通过收发模块接收来自第二管控网元的第二消息,第二消息包括RPAUID,第二消息用于获取RPAUID对应的发现参数。根据第二消息和对应关系,通过收发模块向第二管控网元发送发现参数。On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device including a processing module and a transceiver module. The processing module is used to receive second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D found. Store the correspondence between RPAUID and discovery parameters. The second message from the second management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID. According to the second message and the corresponding relationship, the discovery parameter is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module.
在一种可能的设计中,处理模块还用于:在通过收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,通过收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二删除请求消息,第二删除请求消息用于请求删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。根据第二删除请求消息,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In a possible design, the processing module is further configured to: after receiving the second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, receive the second delete request message from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, and the second The delete request message is used to request to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter. According to the second deletion request message, the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter is deleted.
在另一种可能的设计中,第二信息还包括第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示发现参数的有效期;处理模块还用于:在通过收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,当发现参数的有效期到期时,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In another possible design, the second information further includes second indication information, the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter; After the second information, when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter is deleted.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置用于实现上述各种通信方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一管控网元,或者包含上述第一管控网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二管控网元,或者包含上述第二管控网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第一存储网元,或者包含上述第一存储网元的装置。通信装置包括实现上述方法相应的模块、单元、或手段(means),该模块、单元、或menas可以通过硬件实现,软件实现,或者通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的模块或单元。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for implementing the foregoing various communication methods. The communication device may be the above-mentioned first management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first management and control network element; or, the communication device may be the above-mentioned second management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned second management and control network element; or, The communication device may be the above-mentioned first storage network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first storage network element. The communication device includes corresponding modules, units, or means for implementing the above methods, and the modules, units, or menas can be implemented by hardware, software, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules or units corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器和存储器;该存储器用于存储计算机指令,当该处理器执行该指令时,以使该通信装置执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一管控网元,或者包含上述第一管控网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二管控网元,或者包含上述第二管控网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第一存储网元,或者包含上述第一存储网元的装置。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the communication device can execute any of the foregoing aspects. A possible design approach. The communication device may be the above-mentioned first management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first management and control network element; or, the communication device may be the above-mentioned second management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned second management and control network element; or, The communication device may be the above-mentioned first storage network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first storage network element.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置,包括:处理器;处理器用于与存储器耦合,并读取存储器中的指令之后,根据指令执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。该通信装置可以为上述第一管控网元,或者包含上述第一管控网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第二管控网元,或者包含上述第二管控网元的装置;或者,该通信装置可以为上述第一存储网元,或者包含上述第一存储网元的装置。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device, including: a processor; the processor is configured to couple with a memory, and after reading an instruction in the memory, execute any one of the above-mentioned aspects according to the instruction. Methods. The communication device may be the above-mentioned first management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first management and control network element; or, the communication device may be the above-mentioned second management and control network element, or a device including the above-mentioned second management and control network element; or, The communication device may be the above-mentioned first storage network element, or a device including the above-mentioned first storage network element.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium that stores instructions in the computer-readable storage medium. When the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, the computer can execute any of the above-mentioned aspects. Method in design.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In another aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a computer program product containing instructions, which when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute any of the possible design methods in any of the foregoing aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信装置(例如,该通信装置可以是芯片或片上系统),该通信装置包括处理器,用于实现上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。在一种可能的设计中,该通信装置还包括存储器,该存储器,用于保存必要的程序指令和数据。该通信装置是片上系统时,可以由芯片构成,也可以包含芯片和其他分立器件。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device (for example, the communication device may be a chip or a system on a chip), the communication device includes a processor, and is used to implement any of the above-mentioned aspects in any possible design. method. In a possible design, the communication device further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data. When the communication device is a system-on-chip, it may be composed of a chip, or may include a chip and other discrete devices.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第一管控网元,第二管控网元以及第一存储网元。该通信系统中的各设备可以执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, and a first storage network element. Each device in the communication system can execute any possible design method in any one of the foregoing aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第一管控网 元,第二管控网元,第一存储网元,第一终端,以及第二终端。该通信系统中的各设备可以执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system. The communication system may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, a first storage network element, a first terminal, and a second terminal. Each device in the communication system can execute any possible design method in any one of the foregoing aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第一管控网元,第二管控网元,第一存储网元,第一终端,第二终端,以及第一应用的服务器。该通信系统中的各设备可以执行上述任一方面任一种可能的设计中的方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system, which may include a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, a first storage network element, a first terminal, a second terminal, and a first application Server. Each device in the communication system can execute any possible design method in any one of the foregoing aspects.
上述提供的任一种装置或计算机存储介质或计算机程序产品或芯片或通信系统均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文提供的对应的方法中对应方案的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Any of the above-provided devices or computer storage media or computer program products or chips or communication systems are used to execute the corresponding methods provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the corresponding ones provided above The beneficial effects of the corresponding solutions in the method will not be repeated here.
本申请的这些方面或其他方面在以下实施例的描述中会更加简明易懂。These and other aspects of the application will be more concise and understandable in the description of the following embodiments.
附图说明Description of the drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种5G网络系统的架构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G network system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种D2D通信系统的架构示意图;2A is a schematic structural diagram of a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的另一种D2D通信系统的架构示意图;2B is a schematic structural diagram of another D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of the application;
图2C为本申请实施例提供的一种D2D通信系统中网络侧的系统架构示意图;2C is a schematic diagram of a system architecture on the network side in a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图;FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5A为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 5A is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 5B is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 6 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 7 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8A为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 8A is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8B为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 8B is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9A为本申请实施例提供的一种D2D通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 9A is a schematic structural diagram of a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9B为本申请实施例提供的另一种D2D通信系统的架构示意图;FIG. 9B is a schematic structural diagram of another D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 10 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 11 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法的流程图;FIG. 12 is a flowchart of another communication method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了便于理解,示例的给出了部分与本申请实施例相关概念的说明以供参考。如下所示:For ease of understanding, some illustrations of concepts related to the embodiments of the present application are given as examples for reference. As follows:
D2D通信:终端之间直接建立无线D2D通信链路,从而基于该D2D通信链路进行D2D通信。例如,两个终端之间可以通过近距离业务通信5(ProSe Communication 5,PC5)接口进行D2D通信。具体地,D2D通信可以复用移动蜂窝网络的资源。例如,进行D2D通信的终端可以在蜂窝网络中的(无线)接入网设备的控制下,获得D2D通信所需的频率资源,从而建立D2D通信链路,并基于D2D通信链路进行D2D通信,而无需通过蜂窝网络中的(无线)接入网设备等设备。D2D communication: A wireless D2D communication link is directly established between terminals, so that D2D communication is performed based on the D2D communication link. For example, two terminals can perform D2D communication through a ProSe Communication 5 (PC5) interface. Specifically, D2D communication can reuse the resources of the mobile cellular network. For example, a terminal performing D2D communication can obtain frequency resources required for D2D communication under the control of a (wireless) access network device in a cellular network, thereby establishing a D2D communication link, and performing D2D communication based on the D2D communication link. Without going through the (wireless) access network equipment and other equipment in the cellular network.
其中,D2D通信可以适用但不限于如下领域:社交应用(比如,在线网游、朋友聚会时分享视频或照片,或者在公司会议时共享文件资料等),本地业务(比如,商 场为附近的用户提供广告资讯服务),网络中继(比如,当某个终端的蜂窝信号不好时,该终端可以通过与其他终端的D2D通信,与(无线)接入网设备和蜂窝网络之间进行通信),公共安全(比如,在(无线)接入网设备被破坏等一些特殊场景下,终端无法进行蜂窝通信,可以通过D2D通信进行救援联络),或车联网(vehicle to everything,V2X)等。Among them, D2D communication can be applied to but not limited to the following areas: social applications (for example, online games, sharing videos or photos when friends meet, or sharing files and materials during company meetings, etc.), local services (for example, shopping malls for nearby users Advertising information service), network relay (for example, when the cellular signal of a certain terminal is not good, the terminal can communicate with the (wireless) access network equipment and the cellular network through D2D communication with other terminals), Public safety (for example, in some special scenarios such as the destruction of (wireless) access network equipment, the terminal cannot perform cellular communication, but can conduct rescue contact through D2D communication), or vehicle to everything (V2X), etc.
D2D发现:基于D2D发现参数(以下也简称为发现参数)发现终端的过程。在D2D发现过程之后,终端之间才能建立D2D通信链路,从而进行D2D通信。其中,D2D发现存在两种发现类型(discovery type),即公开发现(open discovery)和受限发现(restricted discovery)。其中,公开发现通过D2D发现找到使用特定目标应用的终端,可以使用或被授权使用该特定目标应用的所有终端都是公开发现的目标终端。受限发现通过D2D发现找到使用特定目标应用的特定终端,可以使用或被授权使用该特定目标应用的特定终端为受限发现的目标终端。D2D discovery: The process of discovering terminals based on D2D discovery parameters (hereinafter also referred to as discovery parameters for short). After the D2D discovery process, a D2D communication link can be established between the terminals to perform D2D communication. Among them, D2D discovery has two discovery types, namely, open discovery and restricted discovery. Among them, public discovery finds a terminal that uses a specific target application through D2D discovery, and all terminals that can use or are authorized to use the specific target application are publicly discovered target terminals. Restricted discovery finds a specific terminal that uses a specific target application through D2D discovery, and the specific terminal that can use or is authorized to use the specific target application is the target terminal of the restricted discovery.
并且,D2D发现存在两种发现模式(discovery model),即模式A和模式B。在模式A中,D2D通信的终端可以包括发布(Announcing)终端和监听(Monitoring)终端,模式A支持公开发现和受限发现。在模式B中,D2D通信的终端可以包括被发现终端(Discoveree)和发现终端(Discoverer),模式B仅支持受限发现。In addition, D2D discovers that there are two discovery models, namely model A and model B. In mode A, D2D communication terminals may include announcing terminals and monitoring terminals, and mode A supports public discovery and restricted discovery. In mode B, D2D communication terminals may include a discovered terminal (Discoveree) and a discovery terminal (Discoverer), and mode B only supports restricted discovery.
发现参数与发现匹配参数:在D2D发现过程中所使用的参数。其中,发现匹配参数可以根据发现参数生成。例如,在模式A下,发布终端使用发现参数以寻找目标终端或使用目标应用的终端,具体通过发送无线广播消息来广播发现参数。监听终端接收无线广播消息中的发现参数,通过与网络侧为自己提供的发现匹配参数进行匹配对比,确定自己是否是被寻找的目标终端或使用被寻找的目标应用的终端。在模式A下,发布终端的发现参数可以包括邻近业务受限码(ProSe Restricted Code),监听终端的发现匹配参数可以包括发现过滤器(Discovery Filter)。Discovery parameters and discovery matching parameters: parameters used in the D2D discovery process. Among them, the discovery matching parameter can be generated according to the discovery parameter. For example, in mode A, the publishing terminal uses the discovery parameter to find the target terminal or the terminal using the target application, and specifically broadcasts the discovery parameter by sending a wireless broadcast message. The listening terminal receives the discovery parameter in the wireless broadcast message, and compares it with the discovery matching parameter provided by the network side to determine whether it is the target terminal being sought or the terminal using the target application being sought. In mode A, the discovery parameter of the publishing terminal may include the ProSe Restricted Code, and the discovery matching parameter of the listening terminal may include the Discovery Filter.
在本申请的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示“或”的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B。本文中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。此外,“至少一个”是指一个或多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“第一”、“第二”等字样并不对数量和执行次序进行限定,并且“第一”、“第二”等字样也并不限定一定不同。In the description of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means "or". For example, A/B can mean A or B. "And/or" in this article is only an association relationship describing the associated objects, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships. For example, A and/or B can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone. These three situations. In addition, "at least one" means one or more, and "plurality" means two or more. The words "first" and "second" do not limit the quantity and order of execution, and the words "first" and "second" do not limit the difference.
需要说明的是,本申请中,“示例性的”或者“例如”等词用于表示作例子、例证或说明。本申请中被描述为“示例性的”或者“例如”的任何实施例或设计方案不应被解释为比其他实施例或设计方案更优选或更具优势。确切而言,使用“示例性的”或者“例如”等词旨在以具体方式呈现相关概念。It should be noted that in this application, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to indicate examples, illustrations, or illustrations. Any embodiment or design solution described as "exemplary" or "for example" in this application should not be construed as being more preferable or advantageous than other embodiments or design solutions. To be precise, words such as "exemplary" or "for example" are used to present related concepts in a specific manner.
本申请实施例中,“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c, b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, "at least one" refers to one or more, and "multiple" refers to two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A alone exists, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the associated objects before and after are in an "or" relationship. "The following at least one item (a)" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item (a) or a plurality of items (a). For example, at least one of a, b, or c can mean: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, and c can be single or multiple .
本申请实施例涉及D2D通信系统,该D2D通信系统可以与第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)通信系统相结合,也可以与非3GPP通信系统相结合,不予限制。比如,3GPP通信系统可以包括5G网络系统,新空口(new radio,NR)系统,或未来演进的通信系统等。The embodiment of the application relates to a D2D communication system. The D2D communication system can be combined with a third generation partnership project (3rd generation partnership project, 3GPP) communication system, or can be combined with a non-3GPP communication system without limitation. For example, a 3GPP communication system may include a 5G network system, a new radio (NR) system, or a future evolution communication system.
其中,5G网络系统可以为非独立组网(non-standalone,NSA)的5G网络系统或独立组网(standalone,SA)的5G网络系统。示例性的,图1示出了一种5G网络系统的架构示意图。该架构可以包括终端、(无线)接入网((radio)access network,(R)AN)设备、接入与移动性管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)网元、网络切片选择功能(network slice selection function,NSSF)网元、统一数据管理(unified data management,UDM)网元、统一数据存储库(unified data repository,UDR)网元、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)网元、网络开放功能(network exposure function,NEF)网元、绑定支持功能(binding support function,BSF)网元、网络功能库功能(network function repository function,NRF)网元或会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)网元等设备中的一个或多个。Among them, the 5G network system may be a non-standalone (NSA) 5G network system or a standalone (SA) 5G network system. Exemplarily, FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of the architecture of a 5G network system. The architecture may include terminals, (radio) access network ((radio) access network, (R) AN) equipment, access and mobility management function (access and mobility management function, AMF) network elements, network slice selection function ( network slice selection function (NSSF) network element, unified data management (unified data management, UDM) network element, unified data repository (UDR) network element, policy control function (PCF) network element, Network exposure function (NEF) network element, binding support function (BSF) network element, network function repository function (NRF) network element or session management function (session management function, SMF) One or more of equipment such as network elements.
其中,终端是用户侧的一种用于接收信号,或者,发送信号,或者,接收信号和发送信号的实体。该终端还可以称为用户设备(user equipment,UE)、终端设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。该终端还可以为D2D设备。例如,该D2D设备可以是电表、水表等。该D2D设备也可以是V2X设备,例如智能汽车(smart car或intelligent car)、数字汽车(digital car)、无人汽车(unmanned car或driverless car或pilotless car或automobile)、自动汽车(self-driving car或autonomous car)、纯电动汽车(pure EV或Battery EV)、混合动力汽车(hybrid electric vehicle,HEV)、增程式电动汽车(range extended EV,REEV)、插电式混合动力汽车(plug-in HEV,PHEV)、新能源汽车(new energy vehicle)、路边单元(road site unit,RSU)。该D2D设备还可以是B2C设备或B2B设备等。此外,本申请实施例中的终端还可以是移动站(mobile station,MS)、用户单元(subscriber unit)、无人机、物联网(internet of things,IoT)设备、WLAN中的站点(station,ST)、蜂窝电话(cellular phone)、智能电话(smart phone)、无绳电话、无线数据卡、平板型电脑、会话启动协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(personal digital assistant,PDA)设备、膝上型电脑(laptop computer)、AR设备、VR设备或机器类型通信(machine type communication,MTC)终端。终端还可以是具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备,或者连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备、车载设备或可穿戴设备等。终端还可以为下一代通信系统中的终端,例如,5G系统中的终端或者未来演进的通信系统中的终端,NR系统中的终端等。Among them, a terminal is an entity on the user side that is used to receive signals, or send signals, or receive signals and send signals. The terminal can also be called user equipment (UE), terminal equipment, access terminal, user unit, user station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal, mobile device, user terminal, wireless communication device, user agent or User device. The terminal can also be a D2D device. For example, the D2D device may be an electric meter, a water meter, and so on. The D2D device can also be a V2X device, such as a smart car (smart car or intelligent car), a digital car (digital car), an unmanned car (unmanned car or driverless car or pilotless car or automobile), and an automatic car (self-driving car). (Or autonomous car), pure electric vehicle (pure EV or Battery EV), hybrid electric vehicle (hybrid electric vehicle, HEV), extended-range electric vehicle (range extended EV, REEV), plug-in hybrid electric vehicle (plug-in HEV) , PHEV), new energy vehicle (new energy vehicle), road site unit (RSU). The D2D device may also be a B2C device or a B2B device. In addition, the terminal in the embodiment of the present application may also be a mobile station (MS), subscriber unit (subscriber unit), drone, Internet of things (IoT) equipment, and station in WLAN. ST), cellular phone, smart phone, cordless phone, wireless data card, tablet computer, session initiation protocol (SIP) phone, wireless local loop (WLL) ) Station, personal digital assistant (PDA) equipment, laptop computer, AR equipment, VR equipment or machine type communication (MTC) terminal. The terminal may also be a handheld device with a wireless communication function, a computing device, or other processing devices connected to a wireless modem, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wearable device, etc. The terminal may also be a terminal in a next-generation communication system, for example, a terminal in a 5G system or a terminal in a future evolved communication system, a terminal in an NR system, and so on.
该架构中的(R)AN设备是一种为终端提供无线通信功能的设备。(R)AN设备例如包括但不限于:5G中的下一代基站(gnodeB,gNB)、演进型节点B(evolved node B,eNB)、无线网络控制器(radio network controller,RNC)、节点B(node B,NB)、基站控制器(base station controller,BSC)、基站收发台(base transceiver station,BTS)、家庭基站 (例如,home evolved nodeB,或home node B,HNB)、基带单元(baseBand unit,BBU)、传输点(transmitting and receiving point,TRP)、发射点(transmitting point,TP)、移动交换中心等。The (R)AN device in this architecture is a device that provides wireless communication functions for the terminal. (R) AN equipment includes, but is not limited to: next-generation base stations (gnodeB, gNB), evolved node B (evolved node B, eNB), radio network controller (RNC), node B ( node B, NB), base station controller (BSC), base transceiver station (BTS), home base station (for example, home evolved nodeB, or home node B, HNB), baseband unit (baseBand unit) , BBU), transmission point (transmitting and receiving point, TRP), transmission point (transmitting point, TP), mobile switching center, etc.
在该架构中,AMF网元用于移动网络中的移动性管理,如用户位置更新、用户注册网络、用户切换等。NEF网元用于提供服务使得3GPP网络能够安全地向第三方业务提供商(service provider,SP)的第三方设备提供网络业务能力。PCF网元用于指导网络行为的统一策略框架,为控制平面功能网元(例如AMF网元等)提供策略规则信息等。UDM网元用于处理用户标识、接入鉴权、注册、或移动性管理等。UDR网元用于存储和查询结构化数据。其中结构化数据是标准定义结构和语义的数据,各方可以根据标准理解数据所表征的含义。UDR网元可以由UDM网元存储和查询签约数据,也可以由PCF网元存储或查询策略数据,还可以由应用功能直接或通过NEF网元存储和查询应用相关的数据。NSSF网元用于为终端选择网络切片等。BSF网元用于提供会话绑定功能,绑定终端会话与PCF网元的关联关系,用于NEF网元或其他网元查询负责终端会话对应的PCF网元。NRF网元用于支持网元注册和发现,例如接受网元发现请求,返回网元需要的网络功能实体信息;接受网元注册请求,维护所有可获得的网元功能实体的概述信息及所支持的服务。In this architecture, the AMF network element is used for mobility management in the mobile network, such as user location update, user registration network, user handover, and so on. NEF network elements are used to provide services so that the 3GPP network can safely provide network service capabilities to third-party equipment of a third-party service provider (service provider, SP). PCF network elements are used to guide a unified policy framework for network behaviors, and provide policy rule information for control plane functional network elements (such as AMF network elements, etc.). UDM network elements are used to process user identification, access authentication, registration, or mobility management, etc. UDR network elements are used to store and query structured data. Among them, structured data is data whose structure and semantics are defined by standards, and all parties can understand the meaning represented by the data according to the standards. UDR network elements can store and query contract data by UDM network elements, PCF network elements can store or query policy data, and application functions can also store and query application-related data directly or through NEF network elements. The NSSF network element is used to select network slices for the terminal, etc. The BSF network element is used to provide the session binding function, bind the association relationship between the terminal session and the PCF network element, and is used for the NEF network element or other network elements to query the PCF network element corresponding to the terminal session. NRF network elements are used to support network element registration and discovery, such as accepting network element discovery requests and returning network function entity information required by the network element; accepting network element registration requests and maintaining overview information and support of all available network element function entities Service.
此外,该架构还可以包括用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)网元、数据网络(data network,DN)网元、应用功能(application function,AF)网元或认证服务器功能(authentication server function,AUSF)网元等其他网元,本申请实施例不再一一例举。In addition, the architecture may also include user plane function (UPF) network elements, data network (DN) network elements, application function (AF) network elements, or authentication server function (authentication server function). AUSF) network elements and other network elements, the embodiments of this application will not list them one by one.
图2A示出了本申请实施例提供的一种D2D通信系统的架构示意图,该D2D通信系统可以与图1所示的5G网络系统或其他通信系统相结合。如图2A所示,该D2D通信系统10可以包括多个终端11、(R)AN设备12、核心网13以及邻近业务应用服务器(proximity service application server,ProSe AS)14等。其中,终端与终端之间,终端与(R)AN设备之间可以使用无线接入技术(radio access technology,RAT)技术相互通信,RAT技术可以包括LTE技术(例如NSA的5G系统中),NR技术或者其他技术,如:NR+技术等。核心网13可以包括但不限于接入和移动性管理功能网元131、管控网元132以及存储网元133等。在D2D通信系统中,每个PLMN包括多个管控网元和一个存储网元。可以理解的是,图2A所示的D2D通信系统还可以包括其他网元,本申请实施例不予限制。FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of a D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application. The D2D communication system may be combined with the 5G network system shown in FIG. 1 or other communication systems. As shown in FIG. 2A, the D2D communication system 10 may include multiple terminals 11, (R)AN devices 12, a core network 13, and a proximity service application server (Proximity service application server, ProSe AS) 14 and so on. Among them, between the terminal and the terminal, the terminal and the (R)AN device can use radio access technology (RAT) to communicate with each other. The RAT technology can include LTE technology (for example, in the NSA 5G system), and NR Technology or other technologies, such as: NR+ technology, etc. The core network 13 may include, but is not limited to, an access and mobility management function network element 131, a management and control network element 132, and a storage network element 133. In the D2D communication system, each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements and one storage network element. It can be understood that the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2A may also include other network elements, which are not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在D2D通信系统中,终端可以通过管控网元和存储网元获取发现参数,从而基于发现参数执行D2D发现过程。而后,在D2D发现过程完成之后,两个终端还可以在(R)AN设备的控制下获得D2D通信所需的频率资源,从而根据获得的频率资源建立D2D通信链路,并基于D2D通信链路直接进行D2D通信。In the D2D communication system, the terminal can obtain the discovery parameters through the management and control network elements and the storage network elements, so as to perform the D2D discovery process based on the discovery parameters. Then, after the D2D discovery process is completed, the two terminals can also obtain the frequency resources required for D2D communication under the control of the (R)AN device, thereby establishing a D2D communication link based on the obtained frequency resources, and based on the D2D communication link Direct D2D communication.
需要说明的是,本申请描述的系统架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知,随着系统架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。It should be noted that the system architecture and business scenarios described in this application are intended to more clearly illustrate the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that, With the evolution of the system architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
其中,对于图2A所示终端的解释,可以参见上述关于图1所示的终端的相关描述。并且,在D2D通信系统中,终端可以支持D2D发现和D2D通信。在D2D发现过程中,终端可以通过(R)AN设备与其他设备通信,从而接收或发送D2D发现过程中的信 息,或者,终端可以通过广播的方式与其他终端通信(例如广播/监听发现参数)。在D2D通信过程中,终端之间可以直接通过PC5接口接收或者发送D2D通信过程中的数据面信息和控制面信息。For the explanation of the terminal shown in FIG. 2A, reference may be made to the above-mentioned related description about the terminal shown in FIG. 1. Moreover, in the D2D communication system, the terminal can support D2D discovery and D2D communication. In the D2D discovery process, the terminal can communicate with other devices through the (R)AN device to receive or send information in the D2D discovery process, or the terminal can communicate with other terminals through broadcast (for example, broadcast/monitor discovery parameters) . In the D2D communication process, the terminals can directly receive or send the data plane information and control plane information in the D2D communication process through the PC5 interface.
在模式A中,图2A所示的终端可以包括发布(Announcing)终端和监听(Monitoring)终端。在模式B中,图2A所示的终端可以包括被发现(Discoveree)终端和发现(Discoverer)终端。In mode A, the terminal shown in FIG. 2A may include an announcing terminal and a monitoring terminal. In mode B, the terminal shown in FIG. 2A may include a discovered (Discoveree) terminal and a discovered (Discoverer) terminal.
其中,对于图2A所示(R)AN设备的解释,可以参见上述关于图1所示的(R)AN设备的相关描述,此处不予赘述。For the explanation of the (R)AN device shown in FIG. 2A, refer to the above-mentioned related description about the (R)AN device shown in FIG. 1, which will not be repeated here.
对于图2A所示的接入和移动性管理功能网元,其功能可以参见上述关于图1所示的AMF网元的功能的描述。可以理解的是,当D2D通信系统与5G网络相结合时,接入和移动性管理功能网元可以是AMF网元;当D2D系统与其他通信系统例如未来6G网络相结合时,该接入和移动性管理功能网元可以有其他的名称。For the access and mobility management function network element shown in FIG. 2A, its functions can be referred to the above description about the function of the AMF network element shown in FIG. 1. It is understandable that when the D2D communication system is combined with the 5G network, the access and mobility management function network element can be an AMF network element; when the D2D system is combined with other communication systems such as the future 6G network, the access and mobility management The mobility management function network element may have other names.
图2A所示的管控网元可以用于为终端分配发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。管控网元还可以用于D2D发现过程和/或D2D通信过程中其他参数的管理及存储。例如,管控网元可以用于终端的D2D通信参数的分配,该D2D通信参数可以包括:用于表征D2D通信区域的范围参数,比如,允许D2D通信的PLMN,或当终端在网络覆盖范围外时允许使用的D2D通信频段等。管控网元还可以用于与核心网网元之间的信息交互,例如与UDR网元交互终端D2D的签约信息等。The management and control network element shown in FIG. 2A may be used to allocate discovery parameters to the terminal, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery. The management and control network element can also be used for the management and storage of other parameters in the D2D discovery process and/or D2D communication process. For example, the management and control network element may be used for the allocation of D2D communication parameters of the terminal. The D2D communication parameters may include: range parameters used to characterize the D2D communication area, such as a PLMN that allows D2D communication, or when the terminal is outside the network coverage area. Allowed D2D communication frequency bands, etc. The management and control network element can also be used to exchange information with the core network element, for example, interact with the UDR network element to exchange terminal D2D subscription information.
管控网元还可以用于向终端发送D2D通信和/或D2D发现的授权信息。例如,该管控网元可以是现有通信系统中的网元,比如图1所示5G网络中的PCF网元,也可以是新增的网元,本申请实施例不予限定。The management and control network element may also be used to send authorization information for D2D communication and/or D2D discovery to the terminal. For example, the management and control network element may be a network element in an existing communication system, such as a PCF network element in the 5G network shown in FIG. 1, or a newly-added network element, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
在本申请的实施例中,发布终端和被发现终端可以称为第一终端,监听终端和发现终端可以称为第二终端。图2A所示的管控网元可以包括第一管控网元和第二管控网元。其中,第一管控网元可以为第一终端分配PDUID和发现参数,可以称之为第一终端对应的管控网元。进一步地,第一管控网元还可以向第一终端所在PLMN中的存储网元发送D2D发现过程中的一些参数,例如第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识,或者第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID和发现参数。In the embodiments of the present application, the publishing terminal and the discovered terminal may be referred to as the first terminal, and the listening terminal and the discovery terminal may be referred to as the second terminal. The management and control network element shown in FIG. 2A may include a first management and control network element and a second management and control network element. Among them, the first management and control network element may allocate PDUID and discovery parameters to the first terminal, which may be referred to as the management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal. Further, the first management and control network element may also send some parameters in the D2D discovery process to the storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located, such as the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element, or the first terminal is directed to The RPAUID and discovery parameters of the first application.
第二管控网元可以为第二终端分配PDUID,可以称之为第二终端对应的管控网元。第二管控网元可以从存储网元获取第一管控网元的标识。或者,第二管控网元可以从存储网元获取第一终端的发现参数。The second management and control network element may allocate a PDUID to the second terminal, which may be referred to as a management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal. The second management and control network element may obtain the identifier of the first management and control network element from the storage network element. Alternatively, the second management and control network element may obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the storage network element.
图2A所示的存储网元可以用于从第一管控网元接收D2D发现过程中的部分参数,并保存参数间的对应关系。存储网元还可以根据保存的对应关系,向第二管控网元提供第一管控网元的标识或第一终端的发现参数。The storage network element shown in FIG. 2A may be used to receive part of the parameters in the D2D discovery process from the first management and control network element, and save the correspondence between the parameters. The storage network element may also provide the identification of the first management and control network element or the discovery parameter of the first terminal to the second management and control network element according to the stored correspondence relationship.
例如,该存储网元可以是现有通信系统中的网元,比如图1所示5G网络中的UDM网元、UDR网元或BSF网元等,也可以是新增的网元,本申请实施例不予限定。For example, the storage network element can be a network element in an existing communication system, such as a UDM network element, a UDR network element, or a BSF network element in the 5G network shown in Figure 1, or it can be a newly added network element. The embodiment is not limited.
图2A所示的邻近业务应用服务器ProSe AS可以用于授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。其中,该第一应用为邻近业务应用(或称基于邻近业务的应用,基于近距离业务的应用,近距离业务应用,邻近应用,D2D应用等)。The proximity service application server ProSe AS shown in FIG. 2A may be used to authorize the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application. Among them, the first application is a proximity service application (or called proximity service-based application, short-distance service-based application, short-distance service application, proximity application, D2D application, etc.).
根据以上描述可知,在D2D通信系统中,每个PLMN可以包括多个管控网元和一 个存储网元,D2D通信系统中的终端可以包括第一终端和第二终端,D2D通信系统中的管控网元可以包括第一管控网元和第二管控网元。基于此,图2B示出了本申请实施例提供的D2D通信系统的另一种架构示意图。According to the above description, in the D2D communication system, each PLMN may include multiple management and control network elements and one storage network element. The terminals in the D2D communication system may include the first terminal and the second terminal. The management and control network in the D2D communication system The element may include a first management and control network element and a second management and control network element. Based on this, FIG. 2B shows another schematic diagram of the architecture of the D2D communication system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
如图2B所示,该D2D通信系统20可以包括第一终端21,第一终端21对应的第一管控网元22,第一存储网元23,第二终端24,第二终端24对应的第二管控网元25,以及邻近业务应用服务器26等设备。可以理解的是,图2B所示的D2D通信系统还可以包括其他网元,此处不再一一例举。其中,第一存储网元23为第一终端21所在PLMN中的存储网元。As shown in FIG. 2B, the D2D communication system 20 may include a first terminal 21, a first management network element 22 corresponding to the first terminal 21, a first storage network element 23, a second terminal 24, and a first terminal 24 corresponding to the second terminal 24. 2. Manage and control the network element 25, and the neighboring service application server 26 and other equipment. It is understandable that the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2B may also include other network elements, which will not be listed here. The first storage network element 23 is a storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal 21 is located.
另外,图2C示出了一种D2D通信系统中网络侧的系统架构示意图。该网络侧的系统架构包括第一管控网元,第二管控网元以及第一存储网元。In addition, FIG. 2C shows a schematic diagram of a system architecture on the network side in a D2D communication system. The system architecture on the network side includes a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, and a first storage network element.
以上主要对D2D通信系统的架构进行了说明。可以理解的是,上述D2D通信系统中的网元、功能或设备既可以是硬件设备中的网络元件,也可以是在专用硬件上运行软件功能,或者是平台(例如,云平台)上实例化的虚拟化功能。上述网元或功能可划分出一个或多个服务,进一步,还可能会出现独立于网络功能存在的服务。The above mainly describes the architecture of the D2D communication system. It is understandable that the network elements, functions, or devices in the above D2D communication system can be network elements in hardware devices, software functions running on dedicated hardware, or instantiation on a platform (for example, a cloud platform) Virtualization capabilities. The above-mentioned network elements or functions can be divided into one or more services, and further, there may be services independent of network functions.
例如,上述网元、功能或设备可以通过图3中的通信设备(也可以称之为通信装置)来实现。图3所示为本申请实施例提供的通信设备的硬件结构示意图。该通信设备300包括处理器301,通信线路302,存储器303以及至少一个通信接口(图3中仅是示例性的以包括通信接口304为例进行说明)。For example, the above-mentioned network elements, functions or equipment may be implemented by the communication equipment (also referred to as a communication device) in FIG. 3. FIG. 3 shows a schematic diagram of the hardware structure of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the application. The communication device 300 includes a processor 301, a communication line 302, a memory 303, and at least one communication interface (in FIG. 3, it is only exemplary and the communication interface 304 is included as an example for illustration).
处理器301可以是一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application-specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。The processor 301 may be a general-purpose central processing unit (central processing unit, CPU), a microprocessor, an application-specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more programs for controlling the execution of the program of this application. integrated circuit.
通信线路302可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication line 302 may include a path to transmit information between the aforementioned components.
通信接口304,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等。例如,当该通信设备300为终端时,该通信接口304可以包括Uu接口或PC5接口等。The communication interface 304 uses any device such as a transceiver to communicate with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc. . For example, when the communication device 300 is a terminal, the communication interface 304 may include a Uu interface or a PC5 interface.
存储器303可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器可以是独立存在,通过通信线路302与处理器相连接。存储器也可以和处理器集成在一起。The memory 303 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, random access memory (RAM), or other types that can store information and instructions The dynamic storage device can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disk storage, optical disc storage (Including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), magnetic disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store desired program codes in the form of instructions or data structures and can be used by a computer Any other media accessed, but not limited to this. The memory may exist independently, and is connected to the processor through the communication line 302. The memory can also be integrated with the processor.
其中,存储器303用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机指令,并由处理器301来控制执行。处理器301用于执行存储器303中存储的计算机指令,从而分别实现本申请下述各实施例提供的通信方法中各网元的动作,例如,第一管控网元,第二管控网元或第一存储网元的动作。Among them, the memory 303 is used to store computer instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the processor 301 controls the execution. The processor 301 is configured to execute computer instructions stored in the memory 303, so as to implement the actions of each network element in the communication method provided in the following embodiments of the present application, for example, the first managed network element, the second managed network element, or the second managed network element. The action of a storage network element.
例如,当该通信设备为存储网元时,存储器303还可以用于存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系,或者存储第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。For example, when the communication device is a storage network element, the memory 303 may also be used to store the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element, or store the RPAUID and the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application. Find the correspondence between the parameters.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application program codes, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信设备300可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器301和处理器308。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 308 in FIG. 3. Each of these processors can be a single-CPU (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (for example, computer program instructions).
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信设备300还可以包括输出设备305和输入设备306。输出设备305和处理器301通信,可以以多种方式来显示信息。例如,输出设备305可以是液晶显示器(liquid crystal display,LCD),发光二级管(light emitting diode,LED)显示设备,阴极射线管(cathode ray tube,CRT)显示设备,或投影仪(projector)等。输入设备306和处理器301通信,可以以多种方式接收用户的输入。例如,输入设备306可以是鼠标、键盘、触摸屏设备或传感设备等。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 300 may further include an output device 305 and an input device 306. The output device 305 communicates with the processor 301 and can display information in a variety of ways. For example, the output device 305 may be a liquid crystal display (LCD), a light emitting diode (LED) display device, a cathode ray tube (CRT) display device, or a projector (projector) Wait. The input device 306 communicates with the processor 301 and can receive user input in a variety of ways. For example, the input device 306 may be a mouse, a keyboard, a touch screen device, a sensor device, or the like.
上述的通信设备300可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。在具体实现中,通信设备300可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、掌上电脑(personal digital assistant,PDA)、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端设备、嵌入式设备或有图3中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信设备300的类型。The aforementioned communication device 300 may be a general-purpose device or a special-purpose device. In a specific implementation, the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a network server, a personal digital assistant (PDA), a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal device, an embedded device, or a similar structure in Figure 3 equipment. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 300.
以上主要对D2D通信系统的架构及架构中通信设备的结构进行了说明。以下基于上述提供的D2D通信系统和通信设备的结构对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行阐述。The above mainly describes the architecture of the D2D communication system and the structure of the communication equipment in the architecture. The following describes the communication method provided in the embodiments of the present application based on the structure of the D2D communication system and communication device provided above.
由现有技术可知,在D2D通信系统与4G通信系统相结合时,终端在进行D2D通信之前,通过邻近业务功能ProSe Function网元为终端分配的发现参数,发现其他终端。以模式A为例,发布终端A可以从ProSe Function网元获取该发布终端A的发现参数;监听终端可以从ProSe Function网元获取待监听的发布终端(例如发布终端A)的发现参数,并根据发布终端A的发现参数生成发现过滤器(例如Discovery Filter)。发布终端A在获取到发现参数后广播该发现参数。监听终端使用该发现匹配参数对其接收到的发现参数进行匹配,当监听终端监听到与该发现匹配参数相匹配的发现参数时,确定发现发布终端A。然后,监听终端与发布终端A建立D2D通信链路并进行D2D通信。It can be known from the prior art that when the D2D communication system is combined with the 4G communication system, the terminal discovers other terminals through the discovery parameters allocated to the terminal by the ProSe Function network element before performing D2D communication. Taking mode A as an example, the publishing terminal A can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal A from the ProSe Function network element; the monitoring terminal can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal to be monitored (for example, publishing terminal A) from the ProSe Function network element, and according to Publish the discovery parameters of terminal A to generate a discovery filter (for example, Discovery Filter). The publishing terminal A broadcasts the discovery parameter after acquiring the discovery parameter. The listening terminal uses the discovery matching parameter to match the discovery parameter it receives. When the listening terminal monitors the discovery parameter that matches the discovery matching parameter, it determines that the publishing terminal A is found. Then, the monitoring terminal establishes a D2D communication link with the publishing terminal A and performs D2D communication.
当D2D通信系统与5G网络系统或未来演进的通信系统网络相结合时,为终端分配发现参数的功能可以在管控网元上实现。由于待监听的发布终端所在的PLMN包括多个管控网元,因而监听终端如何能够基于该多个管控网元,获取待监听的发布终端的发现参数,是一个急待解决的重要问题。When the D2D communication system is combined with a 5G network system or a future evolved communication system network, the function of assigning discovery parameters to the terminal can be implemented on the management and control network element. Since the PLMN where the publishing terminal to be monitored is located includes multiple management and control network elements, how the monitoring terminal can obtain the discovery parameters of the publishing terminal to be monitored based on the multiple management and control network elements is an important issue to be solved urgently.
基于图2B所示的D2D通信系统,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,可以用于D2D发现。该方法包括:第一管控网元可以为第一终端分配PDUID和发现参数,并 将第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识发送给第一存储网元。第一存储网元保存第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标PDUID,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID从第一存储网元获取第一管控网元的标识。这样,第二管控网元可以从第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,从而可以将该发现参数提供给第二终端。因此,在第一终端所在的PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第二终端可以获取第一终端的发现参数。Based on the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2B, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method that can be used for D2D discovery. The method includes: the first management and control network element may allocate PDUID and discovery parameters to the first terminal, and send the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element to the first storage network element. The first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal. The second management and control network element obtains the identification of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element, so that the discovery parameter can be provided to the second terminal. Therefore, in the case where the PLMN where the first terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements, the second terminal can acquire the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
基于图2B所示的D2D通信系统,本申请实施例还提供了另一种通信方法,可以用于D2D发现。该方法包括:第一管控网元获取第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID和发现参数,并将RPAUID和发现参数发送给第一存储网元。第一存储网元存储RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标PDUID,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,从第一存储网元获取RPAUID对应的发现参数。这样,第二管控网元可以将获取的发现参数提供给第二终端。因此,在第一终端所在的PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第二终端可以获取第一终端的发现参数。Based on the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2B, the embodiment of the present application also provides another communication method, which can be used for D2D discovery. The method includes: the first management and control network element obtains the RPAUID and the discovery parameter of the first terminal for the first application, and sends the RPAUID and the discovery parameter to the first storage network element. The first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter. The second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal. The second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID from the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. In this way, the second management and control network element can provide the acquired discovery parameters to the second terminal. Therefore, in the case where the PLMN where the first terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements, the second terminal can acquire the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
本申请的实施例可以应用于每个PLMN包括一个存储网元和至少两个管控网元的场景。以下以基于图2B所示的D2D通信系统为例,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行说明。The embodiments of the present application can be applied to a scenario where each PLMN includes one storage network element and at least two management and control network elements. The following uses the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 2B as an example to describe the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application.
图4示出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,可以应用于D2D发现。该通信方法可以包括:FIG. 4 shows a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, which can be applied to D2D discovery. The communication method may include:
401、第一管控网元为第一终端分配PDUID。401. The first management and control network element allocates a PDUID to the first terminal.
例如,第一管控网元可以是上述PCF网元,也可以是新增的网元。For example, the first management and control network element may be the aforementioned PCF network element or a newly added network element.
示例性地,在第一终端注册到网络后,第一管控网元还可以为第一终端分配PDUID,该PDUID为第一终端的用户标识。Exemplarily, after the first terminal is registered on the network, the first management and control network element may also allocate a PDUID to the first terminal, where the PDUID is a user identification of the first terminal.
可选地,第一管控网元可以在满足以下至少一个条件的情况下,为第一终端分配PDUID。Optionally, the first management and control network element may allocate a PDUID to the first terminal when at least one of the following conditions is met.
条件1、第一终端具有D2D通信能力。Condition 1. The first terminal has D2D communication capability.
例如,第一终端在注册到网络时,将D2D通信能力信息发送给指示核心网中的第一AMF网元,第一AMF网元将D2D通信能力信息发送给第一管控网元。其中,D2D通信能力信息可以用于指示第一终端具有D2D通信能力,即支持D2D通信。For example, when the first terminal registers to the network, it sends the D2D communication capability information to the first AMF network element in the indicated core network, and the first AMF network element sends the D2D communication capability information to the first management and control network element. Wherein, the D2D communication capability information may be used to indicate that the first terminal has D2D communication capability, that is, supports D2D communication.
可以理解的是,第一终端具有的D2D通信能力可以包括D2D发现能力,即第一终端支持D2D发现。It can be understood that the D2D communication capability of the first terminal may include a D2D discovery capability, that is, the first terminal supports D2D discovery.
条件2、第一终端已签约D2D通信服务。Condition 2. The first terminal has subscribed to the D2D communication service.
例如,第一管控网元从统一数据存储库网元获取第一终端的签约信息,该签约信息包括用于指示第一终端已签约D2D通信服务的信息。具体的,该签约信息可以包括用于指示第一终端支持D2D发现的信息,以及用于指示第一终端支持D2D通信的信息。该签约信息还可以包括用于指示允许第一终端采用模式A或模式B进行D2D发现的信息。该签约信息还可以包括用于指示允许第一终端为发布终端或发现终端的信息。For example, the first management and control network element obtains the subscription information of the first terminal from the unified data repository network element, and the subscription information includes information for indicating that the first terminal has subscribed to the D2D communication service. Specifically, the subscription information may include information used to indicate that the first terminal supports D2D discovery, and information used to indicate that the first terminal supports D2D communication. The subscription information may also include information for indicating that the first terminal is allowed to use mode A or mode B to perform D2D discovery. The subscription information may also include information for indicating that the first terminal is allowed to be a publishing terminal or a discovery terminal.
402、第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息,该第一信息包括第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识,第一信息用于第一存储网元存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系,第一管控网元存储有第一终端的发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。402. The first management and control network element sends first information to the first storage network element, where the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first information is used by the first storage network element to store the first The corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
其中,第一管控网元的标识可以用于标识第一管控网元,具体可以是第一管控网元的名称,地址等,不予限制。例如,第一管控网元为上述PCF网元时,第一管控网元的标识可以是PCF网元的全限定域名(fully qualified domain name,FQDN)信息或网际互连协议(internet protocol,IP)地址信息等。Wherein, the identifier of the first management and control network element may be used to identify the first management and control network element, and specifically may be the name, address, etc. of the first management and control network element, which is not limited. For example, when the first management and control network element is the aforementioned PCF network element, the identification of the first management and control network element may be the fully qualified domain name (FQDN) information of the PCF network element or the internet protocol (IP) Address information, etc.
其中,第一存储网元为第一终端所在PLMN中的存储网元。例如,该第一存储网元可以是上述UDM网元、UDR网元或BSF网元等,也可以是新增的网元。The first storage network element is the storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located. For example, the first storage network element may be the aforementioned UDM network element, UDR network element, or BSF network element, etc., or may be a newly-added network element.
403、第一存储网元接收第一信息,并存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。403. The first storage network element receives the first information, and stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
通过上述步骤402-403,第一存储网元可以存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系,也可以说,第一管控网元将第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元上。进一步地,第一存储网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID和该对应关系向其他终端的管控网元提供第一终端对应的管控网元的标识。Through the above steps 402-403, the first storage network element can store the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The corresponding relationship between the identifiers of a management and control network element is registered on the first storage network element. Further, the first storage network element may provide the management and control network elements of other terminals with the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the first terminal according to the PDUID of the first terminal and the corresponding relationship.
例如,假设第一管控网元为PCF网元1,且PCF网元1存储有第一终端的发现参数,那么PCF1可以将第一终端的PDUID和PCF网元1的标识发送给第一终端所在PLMN中的存储网元。相应地,第一存储网元存储第一终端的PDUID和PCF网元1的标识之间的对应关系,这样其他终端对应的管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID从该存储网元获取到存储有第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识,即第一管控网元的标识,进而根据第一管控网元的标识向第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数。For example, suppose that the first management and control network element is PCF network element 1, and PCF network element 1 stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal, then PCF1 can send the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of PCF network element 1 to the location of the first terminal Storage network element in PLMN. Correspondingly, the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the PCF network element 1, so that the management and control network elements corresponding to other terminals can obtain the storage network element from the storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. The identification of the management and control network element with the discovery parameter of the first terminal, that is, the identification of the first management and control network element, and then obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element according to the identification of the first management and control network element.
404、第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标PDUID,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。404. The second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
其中,该目标PDUID可以包括第二终端的一个或多个待监听/待发现的终端的PDUID,该一个或多个待监听/待发现的终端包括第一终端,换言之,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。Wherein, the target PDUID may include the PDUID of one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered of the second terminal, and the one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered include the first terminal. In other words, the target PDUID includes the first terminal. The PDUID of the terminal.
其中,该第一应用可以为邻近业务应用。Wherein, the first application may be a proximity service application.
例如,第二终端向第二管控网元发送发现请求消息,该发现请求消息携带第二终端的目标RPAUID。第二管控网元向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,该授权请求消息携带目标RPAUID。第一应用的服务器向第二管控网元发送授权响应消息,该授权响应消息用于指示成功授权第二终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现,该授权响应消息可以包括该目标RPAUID对应的目标PDUID。For example, the second terminal sends a discovery request message to the second management and control network element, and the discovery request message carries the target RPAUID of the second terminal. The second management and control network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message carries the target RPAUID. The server of the first application sends an authorization response message to the second management and control network element. The authorization response message is used to indicate that the second terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application. The authorization response message may include a target PDUID corresponding to the target RPAUID.
以下将以第二管控网元如何获取第一终端的发现参数为例进行说明。对于目标PDUID中第一终端之外的其他终端的PDUID,均可以采用类似的方式获取待监听/待发现的其他终端的发现参数。可以理解的是,上述方法还可以包括如下步骤。The following will describe how the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameters of the first terminal as an example. For the PDUIDs of other terminals other than the first terminal in the target PDUID, the discovery parameters of other terminals to be monitored/discovered can be acquired in a similar manner. It can be understood that the above method may further include the following steps.
405、第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,该第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID,第一消息用于获取存储有第一终端的发现参数的管 控网元的标识。405. The second management and control network element sends a first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the discovery parameter stored in the first terminal The identity of the management and control network element.
具体地,第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID确定第一存储网元,从而向第一存储网元发送第一消息,以请求获取存储有第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识。Specifically, the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to send a first message to the first storage network element to request to obtain the information of the management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal. Logo.
其中,第一终端的PDUID可以包括第一标识,该第一标识为第一终端所在PLMN的标识,即用于标识一个PLMN。相应地,步骤405可以包括:第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID中的第一标识,从NRF网元获取第一标识对应PLMN中的存储网元的标识(即第一存储网元的标识);第二管控网元根据第一存储网元的标识,向第一存储网元发送第一消息。The PDUID of the first terminal may include a first identifier, and the first identifier is the identifier of the PLMN where the first terminal is located, that is, it is used to identify a PLMN. Correspondingly, step 405 may include: according to the first identifier in the PDUID of the first terminal, the second management and control network element obtains from the NRF network element the identifier of the storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier (that is, the storage network element of the first storage network element). Identification); the second management and control network element sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the identification of the first storage network element.
其中,存储网元的标识用于标识一个存储网元,具体可以为存储网元的名称或地址,不予限制。例如,第一存储网元为UDM网元,那么第一存储网元的标识可以是UDM网元的FQDN信息或IP地址信息等,不予限制。Wherein, the identifier of the storage network element is used to identify a storage network element, and can be specifically the name or address of the storage network element, which is not limited. For example, if the first storage network element is a UDM network element, the identifier of the first storage network element may be FQDN information or IP address information of the UDM network element, etc., which is not limited.
406、第一存储网元接收来自第二管控网元的第一消息,并根据第一消息和该对应关系,向第二管控网元发送第一管控网元的标识。406. The first storage network element receives the first message from the second management and control network element, and sends the identifier of the first management and control network element to the second management and control network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
基于步骤403可以看出,第一存储网元存储有第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。第一存储网元在接收到第二管控网元发送的携带有第一终端的PDUID的第一消息后,可以根据该对应关系确定第一终端的PDUID对应的第一管控网元的标识,从而将第一管控网元的标识发送给第二管控网元。Based on step 403, it can be seen that the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. After receiving the first message carrying the PDUID of the first terminal from the second management and control network element, the first storage network element can determine the identity of the first management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal according to the corresponding relationship, thereby The identifier of the first management and control network element is sent to the second management and control network element.
407、第二管控网元接收来自第一存储网元的第一管控网元的标识。407. The second management and control network element receives the identifier of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element.
其中,第二管控网元在接收到第一存储网元发送的第一管控网元的标识后,可以向第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数。这样,第二管控网元就可以根据第一终端的发现参数生成发现匹配参数,并将发现匹配参数发送给第二终端,以使得第一终端基于发现参数且第二终端基于发现匹配参数执行后续的D2D发现过程。Wherein, after receiving the identifier of the first management and control network element sent by the first storage network element, the second management and control network element may obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal from the first management and control network element. In this way, the second management and control network element can generate discovery matching parameters based on the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and send the discovery matching parameters to the second terminal, so that the first terminal performs subsequent follow-ups based on the discovery parameters and the second terminal based on the discovery matching parameters. The D2D discovery process.
这样,在第一终端所在的PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第二管控网元通过第一存储网元获取到了存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一管控网元的标识。In this way, in the case where the PLMN where the first terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements, the second management and control network element obtains the identification of the first management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal through the first storage network element.
在图4所示的方案中,第一管控网元可以在分配第一终端的PDUID后,将第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元上。从而,在每个PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第二终端对应的第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID,通过第一存储网元查询到第一终端所在的PLMN所包括的多个管控网元中,存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一管控网元的标识,进而可以向第一管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数。In the solution shown in FIG. 4, the first management and control network element may register the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element in the first storage network element after allocating the PDUID of the first terminal. superior. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple management and control network elements, the second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can query the PLMN where the first terminal is located according to the PDUID of the first terminal through the first storage network element. Among the plurality of management and control network elements, the identification of the first management and control network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal can further obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal from the first management and control network element.
采用该方案可以解决在5G网络或未来演进的PLMN网络中,第二管控网元不知道向哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取到第一终端的发现参数的问题。This solution can be used to solve the problem that in the 5G network or the future evolved PLMN network, the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal. The problem.
参见图5A,本申请提供提供了又一种通信方法,该方法可以基于图4所示的方法,在上述步骤402-403之后,该方法还包括步骤408-409,具体如下。Referring to FIG. 5A, this application provides yet another communication method, which may be based on the method shown in FIG. 4. After the above steps 402-403, the method further includes steps 408-409, which are specifically as follows.
408、当第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一删除请求消息。408. When the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first management and control network element sends a first deletion request message to the first storage network element.
其中,该第一删除请求消息用于请求删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
需要说明的是,在第一终端的PDUID的有效期内,第一终端的PDUID有效,第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系有效。在第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期后,第一终端的PDUID失效,第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系也失效,因而第一管控网元可以向第一存储网元发送第一删除请求消息,以请求第一存储网元删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。It should be noted that during the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal, the PDUID of the first terminal is valid, and the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element is valid. After the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the PDUID of the first terminal becomes invalid, and the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element also becomes invalid. The storage network element sends a first deletion request message to request the first storage network element to delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
409、第一存储网元根据第一删除请求消息,删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。409. The first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the first deletion request message.
可选地,上述方法还包括:第一管控网元分配该PDUID的有效期,或者第一管控网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该PDUID的有效期。Optionally, the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the PDUID, or the first management and control network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
例如,第一管控网元可以根据从UDR网元获取的第一终端的签约信息,确定第一终端的PDUID的有效期。具体地,签约信息可以包括第一终端签约D2D通信的时长,该时长可以设定为该PDUID的有效期。For example, the first management and control network element may determine the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal according to the subscription information of the first terminal obtained from the UDR network element. Specifically, the subscription information may include the duration of the D2D communication subscription of the first terminal, and the duration may be set as the validity period of the PDUID.
这样,第一存储网元所保存的对应关系即为有效的对应关系,该对应关系中第一终端的PDUID也为有效的用户标识。不但能够避免第一存储网元的存储空间的浪费,还能够避免基于失效的PDUID找到错误的管控网元,进而获取错误的发现参数。In this way, the correspondence stored by the first storage network element is a valid correspondence, and the PDUID of the first terminal in the correspondence is also a valid user identifier. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the wrong management and control network element can be found based on the invalid PDUID, and then the wrong discovery parameter can be obtained.
参见图5B,本申请提供提供了又一种通信方法,该方法可以基于图4所示的方法,用于替换上述步骤408-409,例如,在上述步骤403之后,该方法还可以包括:Referring to FIG. 5B, this application provides yet another communication method, which may be based on the method shown in FIG. 4 and used to replace the foregoing steps 408-409. For example, after the foregoing step 403, the method may further include:
410、当第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,第一存储网元删除第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。410. When the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
在一种实现方式中,第一信息包括第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示第一终端的PDUID的有效期。In an implementation manner, the first information includes first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
在另一种实现方式中,上述方法还包括:第一存储网元接收该第一指示信息。In another implementation manner, the above method further includes: the first storage network element receives the first indication information.
可选地,上述方法还包括:第一管控网元分配该PDUID的有效期,或者第一管控网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该PDUID的有效期。Optionally, the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the PDUID, or the first management and control network element receives first indication information, where the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
可以理解的是,第一管控网元可以将第一信息与PDUID的有效期在同一消息中发送,也可以在不同的消息中分别发送,本申请实施例不予限定。It is understandable that the first management and control network element may send the first information and the validity period of the PDUID in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
其中,该第一指示信息包括第一终端的PDUID的有效起止时间或有效时长等信息。Wherein, the first indication information includes information such as the effective start and end time or effective duration of the PDUID of the first terminal.
该方法能够实现第一存储网元所保存的对应关系即为有效的对应关系,该对应关系中第一终端的PDUID也为有效的用户标识。不但能够避免第一存储网元的存储空间的浪费,还能够避免基于失效的PDUID找到错误的管控网元,进而获取错误的发现参数。This method can realize that the corresponding relationship saved by the first storage network element is a valid corresponding relationship, and the PDUID of the first terminal in the corresponding relationship is also a valid user identifier. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the wrong management and control network element can be found based on the invalid PDUID, and then the wrong discovery parameter can be obtained.
此外,与步骤408-409描述的方案相比,采用步骤410对应的方案可以减少第一管控网元与第一存储网元之间的信令开销,减少网元间的交互次数。In addition, compared with the solutions described in steps 408-409, adopting the solution corresponding to step 410 can reduce the signaling overhead between the first management and control network element and the first storage network element, and reduce the number of interactions between network elements.
需要说明的是,在本申请的实施例中,第一管控网元在分配第一终端的PDUID后,向第一存储网元发送第一信息的时机可以有多种。即,第一管控网元向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系的时机可以有多种。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, after the first management and control network element allocates the PDUID of the first terminal, there may be multiple timings for sending the first information to the first storage network element. That is, the first management and control network element may register with the first storage network element the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element at various times.
以下针对第一管控网元发送第一信息的不同时机分别进行说明。The following respectively describes different occasions when the first management and control network element sends the first information.
第一种方案,第一管控网元为第一终端分配PDUID,可以作为第一管控网元发送第一信息的触发条件。也就是说,第一管控网元在分配第一终端的PDUID后,即向第一存储网元发送第一信息。In the first solution, the first management and control network element allocates a PDUID to the first terminal, which can be used as a trigger condition for the first management and control network element to send the first information. That is, after the first management and control network element allocates the PDUID of the first terminal, it sends the first information to the first storage network element.
在该方案中,第一管控网元一旦获得第一终端的PDUID后,就可以向第一存储网元发送第一信息,从而将第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元。In this solution, once the first management and control network element obtains the PDUID of the first terminal, it can send the first information to the first storage network element, so as to compare the difference between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The corresponding relationship is registered to the first storage network element.
第二种方案,第一管控网元还可以向第一应用的服务器请求授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。当第一管控网元接收到指示成功授权的授权响应消息时,向第一存储网元发送第一信息。In the second solution, the first management and control network element may also request the server of the first application to authorize the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application. When the first management and control network element receives the authorization response message indicating successful authorization, it sends the first information to the first storage network element.
在该方案中,参见图6,在步骤402之前,该方法还可以包括:In this solution, referring to FIG. 6, before step 402, the method may further include:
411、第一管控网元向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,该授权请求消息用于请求授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。411. The first management and control network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
相应地,第一应用的服务器接收到来自第一管控网元的授权请求消息,当第一终端已签约或被授权使用针对第一应用的D2D通信服务时,第一应用的服务器向第一管控网元发送授权响应消息,以指示成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。Correspondingly, the server of the first application receives the authorization request message from the first management and control network element. When the first terminal has subscribed or is authorized to use the D2D communication service for the first application, the server of the first application reports to the first management and control The network element sends an authorization response message to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
需要说明的是,第一终端签约的D2D通信服务涉及多种邻近业务应用。针对该多种邻近业务应用中的某些具体应用(例如第一应用),第一终端是否能够进行D2D发现,还需要请求这些具体应用的服务器进行授权。例如,在步骤411中,在D2D发现过程中,第一管控网元可以向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,以请求授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。It should be noted that the D2D communication service subscribed by the first terminal involves multiple proximity service applications. For some specific applications (for example, the first application) of the multiple proximity service applications, whether the first terminal can perform D2D discovery requires authorization from the servers of these specific applications. For example, in step 411, during the D2D discovery process, the first management and control network element may send an authorization request message to the server of the first application to request that the first terminal be authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
412、第一管控网元接收来自第一应用的服务器的授权响应消息,该授权响应消息用于指示成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。412. The first management and control network element receives an authorization response message from the server of the first application, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
在第一应用的服务器成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现后,第一终端可以针对第一应用进行D2D发现。并且,在第一应用的服务器成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现后,第一终端后续针对第一应用也可以进行D2D通信。也可以说,第一应用的服务器成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现,同时也表示第一应用的服务器成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D通信。After the server of the first application successfully authorizes the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, the first terminal may perform D2D discovery for the first application. In addition, after the server of the first application successfully authorizes the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, the first terminal may subsequently perform D2D communication for the first application. It can also be said that the server of the first application successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, which also means that the server of the first application successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D communication for the first application.
若第一管控网元根据授权响应消息,确定第一终端可以针对第一应用进行D2D发现,则第一管控网元才会分配第一终端的发现参数,第一终端才有可能获取到发现参数,并使得第二管控网元可以使用第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系获取到第一终端的发现参数。若授权响应消息用于指示第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现的授权失败,则第一管控网元不会分配第一终端的发现参数,第一终端不会获取到发现参数;即便第一管控网元事先注册了该对应关系,第二管控网元根据该对应关系也无法获取到第一终端的发现参数,因此该对应关系无需事先注册。If the first management and control network element determines that the first terminal can perform D2D discovery for the first application according to the authorization response message, then the first management and control network element will allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the first terminal may obtain the discovery parameters. , And enable the second management and control network element to use the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element to obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal. If the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal fails to authorize the D2D discovery for the first application, the first management and control network element will not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters; The management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal according to the corresponding relationship. Therefore, the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
在第二种方案中,第一管控网元在确定第一应用的服务器成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现后,再向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系,而并不事先注册该对应关系。假设,第一管控网元为N个第一终端分配了PDUID,而接收到来自第一应用的服务器的授权响应消息的第一终端为M个,则第一管控网元可以注册该M个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识 之间的对应关系。其中,N和M为整数,且M小于或者等于N。与采用第一种方案相比,采用第二种方案可以减少注册N-M个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。In the second solution, after determining that the server of the first application has successfully authorized the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application, the first management and control network element registers the PDUID of the first terminal and the first management and control with the first storage network element. The corresponding relationship between the identities of the network elements without registering the corresponding relationship in advance. Assuming that the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and there are M first terminals that receive the authorization response message from the server of the first application, the first management and control network element can register the M first terminals. Correspondence between the PDUID of a terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element. Wherein, N and M are integers, and M is less than or equal to N. Compared with the first solution, the second solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence between the PDUIDs of the N-M first terminals and the identification of the first management and control network element.
也就是说,采用第二种方案可以避免避免第一应用的服务器授权失败的情况下,第一终端未获取到发现参数,而事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。That is to say, the second solution can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal fails to obtain the discovery parameter when the server authorization of the first application fails. .
第三种方案,当第一管控网元接收到第一终端发送的发现请求消息后,向第一存储网元发送第一信息。In the third solution, after receiving the discovery request message sent by the first terminal, the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element.
示例性地,参见图6,在步骤402之前,该方法还可以包括:Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 6, before step 402, the method may further include:
413、第一管控网元接收来自第一终端的发现请求消息,该发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现。413. The first management and control network element receives a discovery request message from the first terminal, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery.
其中,第一管控网元在接收到来自第一终端的发现请求消息后,才会分配第一终端的发现参数,第一终端才有可能获取到发现参数,并使得第二管控网元使用第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系获取到第一终端发现参数。若第一终端一直未发起发现请求消息,则第一管控网元不会分配第一终端的发现参数,第一终端不会获取到发现参数;即便第一管控网元事先注册了该对应关系,第二管控网元根据该对应关系也无法获取到第一终端的发现参数,因此该对应关系无需事先注册。Among them, the first management and control network element will allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal only after receiving the discovery request message from the first terminal. Only then can the first terminal obtain the discovery parameters and make the second management and control network element use the first The corresponding relationship between the PDUID of a terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element obtains the first terminal discovery parameter. If the first terminal has not initiated the discovery request message, the first management and control network element will not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters; even if the first management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, The second management and control network element also cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal according to the corresponding relationship, so the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
在第三种方案中,第一管控网元在接收来自第一终端的发现请求消息后,再向第一存储网元发送第一信息,而并不事先注册该对应关系。假设,第一管控网元为N个第一终端分配了PDUID,而接收到来自P个第一终端的发现请求消息,则第一管控网元可以注册该P个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,N和P为整数,且P小于或者等于N。与采用第一种方案相比,采用第三种方案可以减少注册N-P个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。In the third solution, after receiving the discovery request message from the first terminal, the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element without registering the corresponding relationship in advance. Assuming that the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and receives discovery request messages from P first terminals, the first management and control network element can register the PDUIDs of the P first terminals and the first terminal. The corresponding relationship between the identifiers of the management and control network elements. Wherein, N and P are integers, and P is less than or equal to N. Compared with the first solution, the third solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the registered N-P first terminals and the identity of the first management and control network element.
也就是说,采用第三种方案可以避免第一终端一直未发送发现请求消息的情况下,第一终端未获取到发现参数,而事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。That is to say, adopting the third solution can avoid the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the first terminal not acquiring the discovery parameters and registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal has not sent the discovery request message all the time. problem.
需要注意的是,上述步骤411-412,与上述步骤413之间没有明确的先后关系,本申请实施例对其执行顺序不予限定。也就是说,第一管控网元可以在为第一终端分配PDUID后就发送步骤411中的授权请求消息,也可以是在接收到第一终端发起的发现请求消息后,再发送步骤411中的授权请求消息。It should be noted that there is no clear sequence relationship between the foregoing steps 411-412 and the foregoing step 413, and the execution sequence thereof is not limited in the embodiment of the present application. That is, the first management and control network element may send the authorization request message in step 411 after allocating the PDUID to the first terminal, or it may send the authorization request message in step 411 after receiving the discovery request message initiated by the first terminal. Authorization request message.
第四种方案,在第一管控网元分配第一终端的发现参数后,向第一存储网元发送第一信息。In the fourth solution, after the first management and control network element allocates the discovery parameters of the first terminal, the first information is sent to the first storage network element.
示例性地,参见图6,在步骤413与步骤402之间,该方法还可以包括:Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 6, between step 413 and step 402, the method may further include:
414、第一管控网元根据发现请求消息,分配发现参数。414. The first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters according to the discovery request message.
其中,步骤413中的发现请求消息可以包括第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID,该发现参数与该RPAUID对应。The discovery request message in step 413 may include the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the discovery parameter corresponds to the RPAUID.
具体地,第一管控网元在接收到携带有第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID发现请求消息后,可以为该RPAUID分配对应的发现参数。Specifically, after receiving the RPAUID discovery request message carrying the first terminal for the first application, the first management and control network element may allocate corresponding discovery parameters to the RPAUID.
若第一管控网元分配了第一终端的发现参数,则第一终端才有可能获取到发现参数,并使得第二管控网元可以使用第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系获取到第一终端的发现参数。若第一管控网元未分配第一终端的发现参数,则第一终端不会获取到发现参数;即便第一管控网元事先注册了该对应关系,第二管控网元根据该对应关系也无法获取到第一终端的发现参数,因此该对应关系无需事先注册。If the first management and control network element allocates the discovery parameters of the first terminal, it is possible for the first terminal to obtain the discovery parameters and enable the second management and control network element to use one of the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The corresponding relationship between the two obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal. If the first management and control network element does not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal, the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters; even if the first management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, the second management and control network element cannot be based on the corresponding relationship. The discovery parameter of the first terminal is acquired, so the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
在第四种方案中,第一管控网元在接收到发现请求消息并分配发现参数后,再向第一存储网元注册第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系,而并不事先注册该对应关系。假设,第一管控网元为N个第一终端分配了PDUID,而第一管控网元为Q个第一终端分配了发现参数,则第一管控网元可以注册该Q个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,N和Q为整数,且Q小于或者等于N。与采用第一种方案相比,采用第四种方案可以减少注册N-Q个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。In the fourth solution, after receiving the discovery request message and assigning discovery parameters, the first management and control network element registers the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element with the first storage network element , Without registering the corresponding relationship in advance. Assuming that the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters to Q first terminals, the first management and control network element can register the PDUIDs of the Q first terminals Correspondence with the identity of the first management and control network element. Among them, N and Q are integers, and Q is less than or equal to N. Compared with the first solution, the fourth solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence between the PDUID of the registered N-Q first terminals and the identity of the first management and control network element.
其中,Q小于或者等于M,且Q小于或者等于P。当Q小于M时,与第二种方案相比,第四种方案同样可以减少注册该对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。当Q小于P时,与第三种方案相比,第四种方案同样可以减少注册该对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。Among them, Q is less than or equal to M, and Q is less than or equal to P. When Q is less than M, compared with the second solution, the fourth solution can also reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship. When Q is less than P, compared with the third solution, the fourth solution can also reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship.
也就是说,采用第四种方案,可以避免第一管控网元未分配第一终端的发现参数的情况下,第一终端未获取到发现参数,而事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。That is to say, adopting the fourth solution can avoid the signaling overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameters when the first management and control network element does not allocate the discovery parameters of the first terminal. And storage resource overhead.
第五种方案,第一管控网元为第一终端分配发现参数后可以不立即发送第一信息,而在分配发现参数后的其他时机发送该第一信息。In the fifth solution, the first management and control network element may not send the first information immediately after allocating the discovery parameters to the first terminal, but send the first information at other times after the discovery parameters are allocated.
可选地,当第一管控网元向第一终端发送发现响应后,向第一存储网元发送第一信息。Optionally, after the first management and control network element sends a discovery response to the first terminal, the first information is sent to the first storage network element.
示例性地,参见图6,在步骤414与步骤402之间,该方法还可以包括:Exemplarily, referring to FIG. 6, between step 414 and step 402, the method may further include:
415、第一管控网元向第一终端发送发现响应消息,该发现响应消息包括发现参数。415. The first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, where the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter.
其中,第一管控网元在向第一终端发送发现响应消息后,第一终端才会获取到发现参数,并使得第二管控网元使用第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系获取到第一终端发现参数。若第一管控网元未向第一终端发送发现响应消息,则第一终端不会获取到发现参数,即便第一管控网元事先注册了该对应关系,且第二管控网元根据该对应关系获取到第一终端的发现参数,第二终端也无法基于该发现参数发现第一终端,因此该对应关系无需事先注册。Wherein, after the first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, the first terminal obtains the discovery parameters, and causes the second management and control network element to use the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The corresponding relationship between the two obtains the first terminal discovery parameter. If the first management and control network element does not send a discovery response message to the first terminal, the first terminal will not obtain the discovery parameters, even if the first management and control network element has registered the corresponding relationship in advance, and the second management and control network element is based on the corresponding relationship If the discovery parameter of the first terminal is acquired, the second terminal cannot discover the first terminal based on the discovery parameter, so the corresponding relationship does not need to be registered in advance.
在第五种方案中,第一管控网元在接收到发现请求消息并向第一终端发送发现响应消息后,再向第一存储网元注册第一信息,而并不事先注册该对应关系。假设,第一管控网元为N个第一终端分配了PDUID,而第一管控网元向K个第一终端发送了发现响应消息,则第一管控网元可以注册该K个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,N和K为整数,且K小于或者等于N。与采用第一种方案相比,采用第五种方案可以减少注册N-K个第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。In the fifth solution, after receiving the discovery request message and sending the discovery response message to the first terminal, the first management and control network element registers the first information with the first storage network element without pre-registering the corresponding relationship. Assuming that the first management and control network element allocates PDUIDs to N first terminals, and the first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to K first terminals, the first management and control network element can register the K first terminals Correspondence between the PDUID and the identity of the first management and control network element. Wherein, N and K are integers, and K is less than or equal to N. Compared with the first solution, the fifth solution can reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by the correspondence between the PDUIDs of the N-K first terminals and the identification of the first management and control network element.
其中,K小于或者等于Q。例如,在发现响应消息发送失败等情况下,K小于Q,此时,与第四种方案相比,第五种方案同样可以减少注册该对应关系所导致的信令开销和存储资源开销。Among them, K is less than or equal to Q. For example, when it is found that the response message fails to be sent, K is less than Q. In this case, compared with the fourth solution, the fifth solution can also reduce the signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship.
也就是说,采用第五种方案,可以避免第一终端未获取到发现参数的情况下,事先注册了该对应关系导致的信令开销和存储资源开销等问题。That is to say, adopting the fifth solution can avoid problems such as signaling overhead and storage resource overhead caused by registering the corresponding relationship in advance when the first terminal does not obtain the discovery parameter.
可以理解的是,第一管控网元也可以在分配第一终端的PDUID后的其他时机,向第一存储网元发送第一信息,本申请实施例不予限定,且此处不再一一例举。It is understandable that the first management and control network element may also send the first information to the first storage network element at other times after the PDUID of the first terminal is assigned. Exemplify.
图7示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法,可以应用于D2D发现。该通信方法可以包括:FIG. 7 shows another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application, which can be applied to D2D discovery. The communication method may include:
701、第一管控网元获取第二信息,该第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID和发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。701. The first management and control network element obtains second information, where the second information includes the RPAUID and discovery parameters of the first terminal for the first application, and the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery.
例如,第一管控网元可以是上述PCF网元,也可以是新增的网元。For example, the first management and control network element may be the aforementioned PCF network element or a newly added network element.
其中,第一管控网元可以从第一终端获取第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID,例如第一管控网元可以从第一终端发送的发现请求消息中获取第一应用的RPAUID。The first management and control network element may obtain the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application from the first terminal. For example, the first management and control network element may obtain the RPAUID of the first application from the discovery request message sent by the first terminal.
可选地,上述方法还包括第一管控网元为该RPAUID分配发现参数,以便第一终端和其他终端后续基于该发现参数进行D2D发现。Optionally, the above method further includes that the first management and control network element allocates discovery parameters to the RPAUID, so that the first terminal and other terminals subsequently perform D2D discovery based on the discovery parameters.
702、第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第二信息,该第二信息用于第一存储网元保存RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。702. The first management and control network element sends second information to the first storage network element, where the second information is used by the first storage network element to store the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
具体地,第一管控网元可以将第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID和发现参数发送给第一存储网元,以便第一存储网元存储该RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。这样,可以使得其他终端对应的管控网元,根据该RPAUID从第一存储网元获取对应的发现参数。Specifically, the first management and control network element may send the RPAUID and the discovery parameter of the first terminal for the first application to the first storage network element, so that the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter. In this way, the management and control network elements corresponding to other terminals can obtain corresponding discovery parameters from the first storage network element according to the RPAUID.
其中,第一存储网元为第一终端所在PLMN中的存储网元。例如,该第一存储网元可以是上述UDM网元、UDR网元或BSF网元等,也可以是新增的网元。Wherein, the first storage network element is a storage network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located. For example, the first storage network element may be the aforementioned UDM network element, UDR network element, or BSF network element, etc., or may be a newly-added network element.
703、第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息,并存储该RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。703. The first storage network element receives the second information from the first management and control network element, and stores the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
通过上述步骤702-703,第一存储网元存储第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系,也可以说,第一管控网元将RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元上。进一步地,第一存储网元可以根据该对应关系向其他终端的管控网元提供该RPAUID对应的发现参数。Through the above steps 702-703, the first storage network element stores the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter. It can also be said that the first management and control network element compares the correspondence between RPAUID and the discovery parameter Register to the first storage network element. Further, the first storage network element may provide the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID to the management and control network elements of other terminals according to the corresponding relationship.
704、第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标PDUID,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。704. The second management and control network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
其中,该目标PDUID可以包括第二终端的一个或多个待监听/待发现的终端的PDUID,该一个或多个待监听/待发现的终端包括第一终端,换言之,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。关于第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标PDUID的相关说明可以参见上述步骤404,此处不再赘述。Wherein, the target PDUID may include the PDUID of one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered of the second terminal, and the one or more terminals to be monitored/discovered include the first terminal. In other words, the target PDUID includes the first terminal. The PDUID of the terminal. For the relevant description of the second management and control network element receiving the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, refer to the foregoing step 404, which will not be repeated here.
以下将以第二管控网元如何根据第一终端的PDUID,获取第一终端的发现参数为例进行说明。对于目标PDUID中的其他每个PDUID,第二管控网元均可以采用类似的方式获取对应的待监听/待发现的终端的发现参数。可以理解的是,上述方法还可以 包括如下步骤。The following will describe how the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal according to the PDUID of the first terminal as an example. For each of the other PDUIDs in the target PDUID, the second management and control network element can obtain the corresponding discovery parameters of the terminal to be monitored/to be discovered in a similar manner. It can be understood that the above method may also include the following steps.
705、第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第二消息,该第二消息包括第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID,第二消息用于获取该RPAUID对应的发现参数。705. The second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal. The second message includes the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the second message is used to obtain the RPAUID corresponding to the RPAUID. Found parameters.
具体地,第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID确定第一存储网元,从而向第一存储网元发送第二消息,以请求获取该RPAUID对应的发现参数。Specifically, the second management and control network element may determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, so as to send a second message to the first storage network element to request to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID.
其中,第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,该第一标识为第一终端所在PLMN的标识,即用于标识一个PLMN。相应地,步骤705可以包括:第二管控网元根据第一终端的PDUID中的第一标识,从NRF网元获取第一标识对应的PLMN中存储网元的标识(即第一存储网元的标识);第二管控网元根据第一存储网元的标识,向第一存储网元发送第二消息。其中,关于第一存储网元的标识的说明,可以参见上述步骤405中的相关描述。Wherein, the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of the PLMN where the first terminal is located, that is, it is used to identify a PLMN. Correspondingly, step 705 may include: according to the first identifier in the PDUID of the first terminal, the second management and control network element obtains the identifier of the storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the NRF network element (that is, the identifier of the first storage network element). Identification); the second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the identification of the first storage network element. For the description of the identification of the first storage network element, reference may be made to the relevant description in step 405 above.
706、第一存储网元接收来自第二管控网元的第二消息,并根据第二消息和该对应关系,向第二管控网元发送发现参数。706. The first storage network element receives the second message from the second management and control network element, and sends the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element according to the second message and the corresponding relationship.
基于步骤703可以看出,第一存储网元存储有第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。第一存储网元在接收到第二管控网元发送的携带有RPAUID的第二消息后,可以根据该对应关系确定RPAUID对应的发现参数,从而将该发现参数发送给第二管控网元。Based on step 703, it can be seen that the first storage network element stores the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter. After receiving the second message carrying the RPAUID sent by the second management and control network element, the first storage network element may determine the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID according to the corresponding relationship, and thereby send the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element.
707、第二管控网元接收来自第一存储网元的发现参数。707. The second management and control network element receives the discovery parameter from the first storage network element.
其中,第二管控网元在接收到来自第一存储网元的发现参数后,可以根据第一终端的发现参数生成发现匹配参数,并将发现匹配参数发送给第二终端,以使得第一终端基于发现参数且第二终端基于发现匹配参数执行后续的D2D发现过程。Wherein, after receiving the discovery parameter from the first storage network element, the second management and control network element may generate the discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and send the discovery matching parameter to the second terminal, so that the first terminal Based on the discovery parameters and the second terminal performs the subsequent D2D discovery process based on the discovery matching parameters.
这样,在第一终端所在PLMN包括多个管控网元的情况下,第二管控网元可以直接从第一存储网元获取到第一终端的发现参数,而不需要再去向第一管控网元获取发现参数,因而可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取发现参数的问题。In this way, when the PLMN where the first terminal is located includes multiple management and control network elements, the second management and control network element can directly obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal from the first storage network element without going to the first management and control network element. Obtaining the discovery parameters can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know which management and control network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located to obtain the discovery parameters.
在图7所示的方案中,第一管控网元可以将第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系注册到第一存储网元上。第二终端对应的第二管控网元可以根据第一终端的PDUID确定第一存储网元,并直接从第一存储网元获取RPAUID对应的发现参数,可以解决第二管控网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个管控网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In the solution shown in FIG. 7, the first management and control network element may register the correspondence between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter on the first storage network element. The second management and control network element corresponding to the second terminal can determine the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID from the first storage network element, which can solve the problem that the second management and control network element does not know the direction to the first storage network element. The problem of which management and control network element in the PLMN where a terminal is located obtains the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element cannot obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
并且,在图7所示的方案中,第二管控网元可以直接通过第一存储网元获取到第一终端的发现参数,而不需要再去向第一管控网元获取发现参数,因而还可以降低第一管控网元与第二管控网元之间的信令开销,减少设备间的交互次数,降低处理时延,提高处理效率。In addition, in the solution shown in FIG. 7, the second management and control network element can directly obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal through the first storage network element, and there is no need to go to the first management and control network element to obtain the discovery parameters. The signaling overhead between the first management and control network element and the second management and control network element is reduced, the number of interactions between devices is reduced, the processing delay is reduced, and the processing efficiency is improved.
参见图8A,本申请提供提供了又一种通信方法,该方法可以基于图7所示的方法,例如,在上述步骤702-703之后,该方法还可以包括:Referring to FIG. 8A, this application provides yet another communication method, which may be based on the method shown in FIG. 7. For example, after the above steps 702-703, the method may further include:
708、当发现参数的有效期到期时,第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第二删除请求消息。708. When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first management and control network element sends a second deletion request message to the first storage network element.
其中,该第二删除请求消息用于请求删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second deletion request message is used to request to delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
需要说明的是,在发现参数的有效期内,该发现参数有效,RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系有效。在发现参数的有效期到期后,该发现参数失效,RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系失效,因而第一管控网元可以向第一存储网元发送第二删除请求消息,以请求删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。It should be noted that within the validity period of the discovery parameter, the discovery parameter is valid, and the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter is valid. After the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the discovery parameter becomes invalid, and the corresponding relationship between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter becomes invalid. Therefore, the first management and control network element can send a second deletion request message to the first storage network element to request deletion of RPAUID and Find the correspondence between the parameters.
709、第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二删除请求消息后,根据第二删除请求消息,删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。709. After receiving the second deletion request message from the first management and control network element, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
可选地,上述方法还包括:第一管控网元分配该发现参数的有效期,或者第一管控网元接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该发现参数的有效期。Optionally, the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the discovery parameter, or the first management and control network element receives second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
例如,第一管控网元可以根据从UDR网元获取的第一终端的签约信息,确定第一终端发现参数的有效期。具体地,签约信息可以包括第一终端针对第一应用签约D2D通信的时长,该时长可以设定为该发现参数的有效期。For example, the first management and control network element may determine the validity period of the first terminal discovery parameter according to the subscription information of the first terminal obtained from the UDR network element. Specifically, the subscription information may include the duration for the first terminal to subscribe to the D2D communication for the first application, and the duration may be set as the validity period of the discovery parameter.
这样,第一存储网元所保存的对应关系即为有效的对应关系,该对应关系中的发现参数为有效的发现参数。不但能够避免第一存储网元的存储空间的浪费,还能够避免获取到失效的发现参数。In this way, the corresponding relationship saved by the first storage network element is a valid corresponding relationship, and the discovery parameter in the corresponding relationship is a valid discovery parameter. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the invalid discovery parameters can be avoided.
参见图8B,本申请提供提供了又一种通信方法,该方法可以基于图7所示的方法,用于替换上述步骤708-709,例如,在上述步骤703之后,该方法还可以包括:Referring to Fig. 8B, this application provides yet another communication method, which can be based on the method shown in Fig. 7 to replace the above steps 708-709. For example, after the above step 703, the method may further include:
710、当发现参数的有效期到期时,第一存储网元删除RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。710. When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
在一种实现方式中,第二信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示发现参数的有效期。In an implementation manner, the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
在另一种实现方式中,上述方法还包括:第一存储网元接收该第二指示信息。In another implementation manner, the above method further includes: the first storage network element receives the second indication information.
可选地,上述方法还包括:第一管控网元分配该发现参数的有效期,或者第一管控网元接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该发现参数的有效期。Optionally, the above method further includes: the first management and control network element allocates the validity period of the discovery parameter, or the first management and control network element receives second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
可以理解的是,第一管控网元可以将第二信息与发现参数的有效期在同一消息中发送,也可以在不同的消息中分别发送,本申请实施例不予限定。It is understandable that the first management and control network element may send the second information and the validity period of the discovery parameter in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
其中,该第二指示信息包括发现参数的有效起止时间或有效时长等信息。Wherein, the second indication information includes information such as the effective start and end time or effective duration of the discovery parameter.
该方法能够实现第一存储网元所保存的对应关系即为有效的对应关系,该对应关系中的发现参数为有效的发现参数。不但能够避免第一存储网元的存储空间的浪费,还能够避免获取到失效的发现参数。This method can realize that the corresponding relationship saved by the first storage network element is the effective corresponding relationship, and the discovery parameter in the corresponding relationship is the effective discovery parameter. Not only can the waste of the storage space of the first storage network element be avoided, but also the invalid discovery parameters can be avoided.
此外,与步骤708-709描述的方案相比,采用步骤710对应的方案可以减少第一管控网元与第一存储网元之间的信令开销,减少网元间的交互次数。In addition, compared with the solutions described in steps 708-709, adopting the solution corresponding to step 710 can reduce the signaling overhead between the first management and control network element and the first storage network element, and reduce the number of interactions between network elements.
需要说明的是,第一终端与第二终端分别对应的第一管控网元和第二管控网元,可能相同也可能不同。It should be noted that the first management and control network element and the second management and control network element respectively corresponding to the first terminal and the second terminal may be the same or different.
在一些实施例中,第二管控网元获取到目标PDUID后,即执行上述流程,通过存储网元获取待监听/待发现的终端的发现参数。而不论第一管控网元与第二管控网元是否相同。In some embodiments, after obtaining the target PDUID, the second management and control network element executes the above-mentioned process, and obtains the discovery parameters of the terminal to be monitored/discovered through the storage network element. Regardless of whether the first managed network element is the same as the second managed network element.
在另一些实施例中,第二管控网元获取到目标PDUID后,若确定目标PDUID中第一终端的PDUID不是由第二管控网元分配的,即第二管控网元与第一管控网元不 同,则第二管控网元执行上述实施例描述的通信流程,借助第一存储网元获取第一终端的发现参数;若第一终端的PDUID是由第二管控网元分配的,即第二管控网元与第一管控网元相同,则第二管控网元保存有第一终端的发现参数,第二管控网元从自身获取第一终端的发现参数。In other embodiments, after the second management and control network element obtains the target PDUID, if it is determined that the PDUID of the first terminal in the target PDUID is not allocated by the second management and control network element, that is, the second management and control network element and the first management and control network element If the second management and control network element is different, the second management and control network element executes the communication process described in the above embodiment, and uses the first storage network element to obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal; if the PDUID of the first terminal is allocated by the second management and control network element, that is, the second The management and control network element is the same as the first management and control network element, and the second management and control network element stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the second management and control network element obtains the discovery parameters of the first terminal from itself.
示例性的,当D2D通信系统与5G网络系统相结合时,D2D通信系统的一种架构示意图可以参见图9A。其中,图2A所示的管控网元可以为图9A所示的PCF网元,图2A所示的存储网元可以为图9A所示的UDM。Exemplarily, when the D2D communication system is combined with the 5G network system, a schematic diagram of an architecture of the D2D communication system can be seen in FIG. 9A. The management and control network element shown in FIG. 2A may be the PCF network element shown in FIG. 9A, and the storage network element shown in FIG. 2A may be the UDM shown in FIG. 9A.
当D2D通信系统与5G网络系统相结合时,图9B示出了D2D通信系统的另一种架构示意图。如图9B所示,该D2D通信系统包括第一终端,第二终端,第一终端接入的第一(R)AN设备,第一终端接入的第一AMF网元,第一终端对应的第一PCF网元,第一终端所在PLMN中的第一UDM网元,第二终端接入的第二(R)AN设备,第二终端接入的第二AMF网元,第二终端对应的第二PCF网元,UDR网元以及第一应用的服务器等设备。其中,第一(R)AN设备与第二(R)AN设备可以相同或不同,第一AMF网元与第二AMF网元可以相同或不同。When the D2D communication system is combined with the 5G network system, FIG. 9B shows another schematic diagram of the architecture of the D2D communication system. As shown in FIG. 9B, the D2D communication system includes a first terminal, a second terminal, a first (R)AN device accessed by the first terminal, a first AMF network element accessed by the first terminal, and a corresponding The first PCF network element, the first UDM network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located, the second (R)AN device that the second terminal accesses, the second AMF network element that the second terminal accesses, and the second terminal corresponds to The second PCF network element, UDR network element and the first application server and other equipment. The first (R)AN device and the second (R)AN device may be the same or different, and the first AMF network element and the second AMF network element may be the same or different.
以下基于图9B所示的D2D通信系统,以模式A对应的发现过程为例,对本申请实施例提供的通信方法进行阐述。The following describes the communication method provided in the embodiment of the present application based on the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 9B, taking the discovery process corresponding to mode A as an example.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例并不限定于与5G网络相结合的D2D通信系统,还可以应用于与未来演进的其他通信系统(例如6G网络系统)相结合的D2D通信系统。并且,本申请实施例所使用的各个网元的名称,在与未来通信系统相结合的情况下,可能保持功能相同,但名称会改变。It should be noted that the embodiment of the present application is not limited to a D2D communication system combined with a 5G network, and can also be applied to a D2D communication system combined with other communication systems that will evolve in the future (for example, a 6G network system). In addition, the names of the various network elements used in the embodiments of the present application may remain the same in function when combined with a future communication system, but the names will be changed.
示例性的,基于图9B所示的D2D通信系统,本申请实施例提供了一种通信方法,如图10所示,该方法可以包括以下主要流程:Exemplarily, based on the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 9B, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include the following main processes:
1001、第一终端获取发现参数。1001. The first terminal obtains discovery parameters.
1002、第二终端获取发现匹配参数。1002. The second terminal obtains the discovery matching parameter.
1003、第一终端广播发现参数。1003. The first terminal broadcasts the discovery parameter.
1004、第二终端监听广播消息,并根据发现参数和发现匹配参数确定发现第一终端。1004. The second terminal monitors the broadcast message, and determines to discover the first terminal according to the discovery parameter and the discovery matching parameter.
1005、第一终端与第二终端建立D2D通信链路,并进行D2D通信。1005. The first terminal establishes a D2D communication link with the second terminal, and performs D2D communication.
以下上述步骤1001-1005中的每个步骤分别进行阐述。Each of the above steps 1001-1005 will be described separately.
参见图11,上述步骤1001可以包括以下步骤1101-1117:Referring to FIG. 11, the above step 1001 may include the following steps 1101-1117:
1101、第一终端通过第一(R)AN设备和第一AMF网元注册到网络。1101. The first terminal registers with the network through the first (R)AN device and the first AMF network element.
1102、第一AMF网元为第一终端选择第一PCF网元。1102. The first AMF network element selects the first PCF network element for the first terminal.
1103、第一PCF网元为第一终端分配PDUID1和PDUID1的有效期。1103. The first PCF network element allocates PDUID1 and the validity period of PDUID1 to the first terminal.
其中,第一PCF网元为第一终端分配PDUID1的条件可以参考上述步骤401中的条件1和条件2。第一PCF网元在分配PDUID1后,可以将PDUID1发送给第一终端。The conditions for the first PCF network element to allocate PDUID1 to the first terminal may refer to the condition 1 and the condition 2 in step 401 above. After allocating PDUID1, the first PCF network element may send PDUID1 to the first terminal.
该步骤1103可以对应上述步骤401。This step 1103 may correspond to the above step 401.
在步骤1103中,第一PCF网元分配了PDUID1的有效期。在其他实现方式中,第一PCF网元从UDR网元或其他网元接收第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该PDUID的有效期。In step 1103, the first PCF network element allocates the validity period of PDUID1. In other implementation manners, the first PCF network element receives first indication information from the UDR network element or other network elements, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
1104、第一PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送第一信息,该第一信息包括PDUID1和第一PCF网元的标识,第一信息用于第一UDM网元存储PDUID1与第一PCF网元的标识之间的对应关系。1104. The first PCF network element sends first information to the first UDM network element, where the first information includes PDUID1 and the identification of the first PCF network element, and the first information is used by the first UDM network element to store PDUID1 and the first PCF network element. Correspondence between the identities of the meta.
其中,该第一UDM网元为第一终端所在PLMN中的UDM网元,与该PLMN的标识相对应。Wherein, the first UDM network element is the UDM network element in the PLMN where the first terminal is located, and corresponds to the identity of the PLMN.
该步骤1104可以对应上述步骤402。This step 1104 may correspond to the above step 402.
1105、第一UDM网元存储PDUID1与第一PCF网元的标识之间的对应关系。1105. The first UDM network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element.
该步骤1105可以对应上述步骤403。This step 1105 may correspond to the above step 403.
在一种实现方式中,该方法还可以包括:In an implementation manner, the method may further include:
1106、当PDUID1的有效期到期时,第一PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送第一删除请求消息。1106. When the validity period of the PDUID1 expires, the first PCF network element sends a first deletion request message to the first UDM network element.
其中,该第一删除请求消息用于请求删除PDUID1与第一PCF网元的标识之间的对应关系。Wherein, the first deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element.
1107、第一UDM网元接收来自第一PCF网元的第一删除请求消息,并根据第一删除请求消息删除PDUID1与第一PCF网元的标识之间的对应关系。1107. The first UDM network element receives the first deletion request message from the first PCF network element, and deletes the correspondence between PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element according to the first deletion request message.
该步骤1106-1107可以对应上述步骤408-409。The steps 1106-1107 may correspond to the above steps 408-409.
在另一种实现方式中,上述步骤1106-1107可以替换为步骤1108:In another implementation manner, the above steps 1106-1107 can be replaced with step 1108:
1108、当PDUID1的有效期到期时,第一UDM网元删除PDUID1与第一PCF网元的标识之间的对应关系。1108. When the validity period of the PDUID1 expires, the first UDM network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element.
可选地,第一UDM网元接收来自第一PCF网元的第一指示信息,该第一指示信息用于指示该PDUID的有效期。Optionally, the first UDM network element receives first indication information from the first PCF network element, where the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID.
可以理解的是,第一PCF网元可以将第一信息与PDUID的有效期在同一消息中发送,也可以在不同的消息中分别发送,本申请实施例不予限定。It is understandable that the first PCF network element may send the first information and the validity period of the PDUID in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
该步骤1108可以对应上述步骤410。This step 1108 may correspond to the above step 410.
此外,与步骤1106-1107描述的方案相比,采用步骤1108对应的方案可以减少第一PCF网元与第一UDM网元之间的信令开销,减少网元间的交互次数。In addition, compared with the solution described in steps 1106-1107, adopting the solution corresponding to step 1108 can reduce the signaling overhead between the first PCF network element and the first UDM network element, and reduce the number of interactions between network elements.
进一步地,该方法还可以包括:Further, the method may also include:
1109、第一终端向第一应用的服务器发送PDUID1。1109. The first terminal sends PDUID1 to the server of the first application.
1110、第一应用的服务器针对第一应用为PDUID1分配RPAUID1,并存储PDUID1与RPAUID1之间的对应关系。1110. The server of the first application allocates RPAUID1 to PDUID1 for the first application, and stores the correspondence between PDUID1 and RPAUID1.
其中,该RPAUID1为第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID。第一应用的服务器还可以将分配的RPAUID1发送给第一终端。Wherein, the RPAUID1 is the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application. The server of the first application may also send the allocated RPAUID1 to the first terminal.
1111、第一终端向第一PCF网元发送发现请求消息,该发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现,该发现请求消息包括RPAUID1。1111. The first terminal sends a discovery request message to the first PCF network element, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery, and the discovery request message includes RPAUID1.
其中,第一终端想要进行D2D通信,或想要被D2D发现时,可以向第一PCF网元发送发现请求消息。Wherein, when the first terminal wants to perform D2D communication or wants to be discovered by D2D, it may send a discovery request message to the first PCF network element.
另外,该发现请求消息还可以包括发现类型,第一终端的标识(例如国际移动用户识别号(international mobile subscriber identity,IMSI),或第一应用的标识等信息。例如,该发现类型为受限发现。In addition, the discovery request message may also include information such as the discovery type, the identification of the first terminal (for example, the international mobile subscriber identity (IMSI)), or the identification of the first application. For example, the discovery type is restricted discover.
其中,在上述步骤1101中第一终端注册到网络后,可以签约D2D通信服务,相应的签约信息可以保存到UDR网元上。在上述步骤1102中第一AMF网元为第一终端选择第一PCF网元后,第一PCF网元可以从UDR网元获取到了第一终端关于D2D通信服务的签约信息,也可以不从UDR网元获取第一终端关于D2D通信服务的签约信息。Wherein, after the first terminal is registered to the network in the above step 1101, it can subscribe to the D2D communication service, and the corresponding subscription information can be stored on the UDR network element. After the first AMF network element selects the first PCF network element for the first terminal in the above step 1102, the first PCF network element may obtain the subscription information of the first terminal on the D2D communication service from the UDR network element, or not from the UDR The network element obtains the subscription information of the first terminal regarding the D2D communication service.
进一步地,该方法还可以包括步骤1112或步骤1113:Further, the method may further include step 1112 or step 1113:
1112、若第一PCF网元确定包括第一终端关于D2D通信服务的签约信息,该签约信息用于指示第一终端允许进行D2D发现,则继续执行步骤1114及后续流程。1112. If the first PCF network element determines that it includes the subscription information of the first terminal for the D2D communication service, and the subscription information is used to indicate that the first terminal is allowed to perform D2D discovery, continue to perform step 1114 and subsequent processes.
1113、若第一PCF网元确定未包括第一终端关于D2D通信服务的签约信息,则第一PCF网元从UDR网元获取该签约信息,该签约信息用于指示第一终端允许进行D2D发现,则继续执行步骤1114及后续流程。1113. If the first PCF network element determines that the first terminal's subscription information for the D2D communication service is not included, the first PCF network element obtains the subscription information from the UDR network element, and the subscription information is used to instruct the first terminal to allow D2D discovery , Then continue to perform step 1114 and subsequent processes.
可选地,该方法还可以包括:Optionally, the method may further include:
1114、第一PCF网元向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,该授权请求消息用于请求授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。1114. The first PCF network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
其中,该授权请求消息可以包括RPAUID1或发现类型等信息。例如,该发现类型为受限发现。Wherein, the authorization request message may include information such as RPAUID1 or discovery type. For example, the discovery type is restricted discovery.
1115、第一PCF网元接收来自第一应用的服务器的授权响应消息,该授权响应消息用于指示成功授权第一终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。1115. The first PCF network element receives an authorization response message from the server of the first application, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
其中,该授权响应消息可以包括PDUID1等信息。Wherein, the authorization response message may include information such as PDUID1.
1116、第一PCF网元为RPAUID1分配发现参数及发现参数的有效期,并存储RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系,该发现参数用于D2D发现。1116. The first PCF network element allocates the discovery parameter and the validity period of the discovery parameter to RPAUID1, and stores the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
例如,该发现参数可以包括邻近业务受限码(ProSe Restricted Code)。For example, the discovery parameter may include ProSe Restricted Code (ProSe Restricted Code).
1117、第一PCF网元向第一终端发送发现响应消息,该发现响应消息包括发现参数及发现参数的有效期。1117. The first PCF network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, where the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter and the validity period of the discovery parameter.
至此,第一终端获取到了RPAUID1对应的发现参数。So far, the first terminal has obtained the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1.
参见图11,上述步骤1002可以包括以下步骤1118-1135:Referring to FIG. 11, the above step 1002 may include the following steps 1118-1135:
1118、第二终端通过第二(R)AN设备和第二AMF网元注册到网络。1118. The second terminal registers with the network through the second (R)AN device and the second AMF network element.
1119、第二AMF网元为第二终端选择第二PCF网元。1119. The second AMF network element selects the second PCF network element for the second terminal.
1120、第二PCF网元为第二终端分配PDUID2及PDUID2的有效期。1120. The second PCF network element allocates PDUID2 and the validity period of PDUID2 to the second terminal.
第二PCF网元在分配PDUID2后,可以将PDUID2发送给第一终端。After the second PCF network element allocates PDUID2, it may send PDUID2 to the first terminal.
1121、第二终端向第一应用的服务器发送PDUID2。1121. The second terminal sends PDUID2 to the server of the first application.
1122、第一应用的服务器针对第一应用为PDUID2分配RPAUID2,并存储PDUID2与RPAUID2之间的对应关系。1122. The server of the first application allocates RPAUID2 to PDUID2 for the first application, and stores the correspondence between PDUID2 and RPAUID2.
其中,该RPAUID2为第二终端针对第一应用的RPAUID。第一应用的服务器还可以将分配的RPAUID2发送给第二终端。Wherein, the RPAUID2 is the RPAUID of the second terminal for the first application. The server of the first application may also send the allocated RPAUID2 to the second terminal.
1123、第二终端获取目标RPAUID,该目标RPAUID包括RPAUID1。1123. The second terminal obtains a target RPAUID, where the target RPAUID includes RPAUID1.
例如,第二终端可以从第一应用的服务器获取目标RPAUID,或者从第二终端的本地应用层获取目标RPAUID。For example, the second terminal may obtain the target RPAUID from the server of the first application, or obtain the target RPAUID from the local application layer of the second terminal.
该目标RPAUID可以包括一个或多个待监听的终端针对第一应用的RPAUID,其 中包括第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID,即RPAUID1。The target RPAUID may include the RPAUID of one or more terminals to be monitored for the first application, including the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, that is, RPAUID1.
1124、第二终端向第二PCF网元发送发现请求消息,该发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现,该发现请求消息包括目标RPAUID。1124. The second terminal sends a discovery request message to the second PCF network element, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery, and the discovery request message includes the target RPAUID.
其中,该目标RPAUID包括RPAUID1。此外,该发现请求消息还可以包括RPAUID2,发现类型,第二终端的标识,或第一应用的标识等信息。例如,该发现类型为受限发现。Wherein, the target RPAUID includes RPAUID1. In addition, the discovery request message may also include information such as RPAUID2, discovery type, identification of the second terminal, or identification of the first application. For example, the discovery type is restricted discovery.
进一步地,该方法还可以包括步骤1125或步骤1126:Further, the method may further include step 1125 or step 1126:
1125、若第二PCF网元包括第二终端关于D2D通信服务的签约信息,该签约信息用于指示第二终端可以进行D2D发现,则继续执行步骤1127及后续流程。1125. If the second PCF network element includes the subscription information of the second terminal on the D2D communication service, and the subscription information is used to indicate that the second terminal can perform D2D discovery, continue to perform step 1127 and subsequent processes.
1126、若第二PCF网元未包括第二终端关于D2D通信服务的签约信息,则第一PCF网元从UDR网元获取该签约信息,该签约信息用于指示第二终端可以进行D2D发现,则继续执行步骤1127及后续流程。1126. If the second PCF network element does not include the subscription information of the second terminal for the D2D communication service, the first PCF network element obtains the subscription information from the UDR network element, and the subscription information is used to indicate that the second terminal can perform D2D discovery. Then continue to perform step 1127 and subsequent processes.
进一步地,该方法还可以包括步骤1127-1128:Further, the method may further include steps 1127-1128:
1127、第二PCF网元向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,该授权请求消息用于请求授权第二终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。1127. The second PCF network element sends an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the second terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
其中,该授权请求消息可以包括目标RPAUID,RPAUID2,或发现类型等信息。例如,该发现类型为受限发现。Wherein, the authorization request message may include information such as target RPAUID, RPAUID2, or discovery type. For example, the discovery type is restricted discovery.
1128、第二PCF网元接收来自第一应用的服务器的授权响应消息,该授权响应消息用于指示成功授权第二终端针对第一应用进行D2D发现。1128. The second PCF network element receives an authorization response message from the server of the first application, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the second terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
该授权响应消息包括PDUID2和每个目标RPAUID与目标PDUID之间的对应关系,其中包括RPAUID1与PDUID1之间的对应关系。The authorization response message includes PDUID2 and the corresponding relationship between each target RPAUID and target PDUID, including the corresponding relationship between RPAUID1 and PDUID1.
也就是说,第二PCF网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标PDUID,该目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID。That is, the second PCF network element receives the target PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, and the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal.
该步骤1128可以对应上述步骤404。This step 1128 may correspond to the above step 404.
1129、第二PCF网元根据PDUID1中PLMN的标识确定第一UDM网元。1129. The second PCF network element determines the first UDM network element according to the PLMN identifier in PDUID1.
其中,PDUID1中PLMN的标识对应的UDM网元,即为第一UDM网元。Among them, the UDM network element corresponding to the PLMN identifier in PDUID1 is the first UDM network element.
1130、第二PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送第一消息,该第一消息包括PDUID1,第一消息用于获取存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一PCF网元的标识。1130. The second PCF network element sends a first message to the first UDM network element, where the first message includes PDUID1, and the first message is used to obtain an identifier of the first PCF network element that stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
该步骤1129-1130可以对应上述步骤405。The steps 1129-1130 may correspond to the above step 405.
1131、第一UDM网元接收来自第二PCF网元的第一消息,并根据第一消息和对应关系,向第二PCF网元发送PDUID1对应的第一PCF网元的标识。1131. The first UDM network element receives the first message from the second PCF network element, and sends the identification of the first PCF network element corresponding to PDUID1 to the second PCF network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
该步骤1131可以对应上述步骤406。This step 1131 may correspond to the above step 406.
1132、第二PCF网元接收来自第一UDM网元的第一PCF网元的标识,并向第一PCF网元发送参数请求消息,该参数请求消息包括RPAUID1,该参数请求消息用于获取RPAUID1对应的发现参数。1132. The second PCF network element receives the identifier of the first PCF network element from the first UDM network element, and sends a parameter request message to the first PCF network element, the parameter request message includes RPAUID1, and the parameter request message is used to obtain RPAUID1 Corresponding discovery parameters.
可选地,该参数请求消息还可以包括PDUID1等信息。Optionally, the parameter request message may also include information such as PDUID1.
1133、第一PCF网元接收来自第一UDM网元的参数请求消息,并根据参数请求消息和RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系,将该发现参数发送给第二PCF网元。1133. The first PCF network element receives the parameter request message from the first UDM network element, and sends the discovery parameter to the second PCF network element according to the parameter request message and the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
1134、第二PCF网元接收来自第一PCF网元的发现参数,并根据发现参数生成发 现匹配参数。1134. The second PCF network element receives the discovery parameter from the first PCF network element, and generates a discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter.
其中,第二PCF网元可以获取每个目标RPAUID(包括RPAUID1)分别对应的发现参数。第二PCF网元可以根据每个目标RPAUID分别对应的发现参数和发现参数的有效期,生成发现匹配参数。例如,发现匹配参数包括每个目标RPAUID分别对应的发现参数,以及这些发现参数的有效期中的最小值。Wherein, the second PCF network element may obtain the discovery parameters corresponding to each target RPAUID (including RPAUID1). The second PCF network element may generate the discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter and the validity period of the discovery parameter respectively corresponding to each target RPAUID. For example, the discovery matching parameters include the discovery parameters corresponding to each target RPAUID, and the minimum value in the validity period of these discovery parameters.
1135、第二PCF网元向第二终端发送发现响应消息,该发现响应信息包括发现匹配参数。1135. The second PCF network element sends a discovery response message to the second terminal, where the discovery response information includes discovery matching parameters.
至此,第二终端获取到了发现匹配参数。So far, the second terminal has obtained the discovery matching parameter.
参见图11,上述步骤1003可以包括步骤1136:Referring to FIG. 11, the above step 1003 may include step 1136:
1136、第一终端广播RPAUID1对应的发现参数。1136. The first terminal broadcasts the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1.
其中,第一终端广播该发现参数的方式可以有多种。例如,在一种方式中,第一终端可以在获取到发现参数后,即持续广播该发现参数,直至被其他终端发现。Among them, there may be multiple ways for the first terminal to broadcast the discovery parameter. For example, in one manner, after acquiring the discovery parameter, the first terminal may continue to broadcast the discovery parameter until it is discovered by other terminals.
再例如,在另一种方式中,第一终端在获取到发现参数后,暂不广播该发现参数,第一PCF网元在其他终端的PCF网元获取第一终端的发现参数时,确定有其他终端想要监听第一终端,从而可以通知第一终端,第一终端此时再广播发现参数。与上一种方式相比,该种方式可以节省发现参数的广播开销。For another example, in another manner, after the first terminal obtains the discovery parameter, it temporarily does not broadcast the discovery parameter, and the first PCF network element determines that there is Other terminals want to monitor the first terminal, so they can notify the first terminal, and the first terminal broadcasts the discovery parameter at this time. Compared with the previous method, this method can save the broadcast overhead of discovering parameters.
参见图11,上述步骤1004可以包括:Referring to FIG. 11, the foregoing step 1004 may include:
1137、第二终端监听到第一终端广播的发现参数后,确定该发现参数与发现匹配参数相匹配。1137. After listening to the discovery parameter broadcast by the first terminal, the second terminal determines that the discovery parameter matches the discovery matching parameter.
可选地,第二终端还可以将第一终端的发现参数发送给第二PCF网元,以从第二PCF网元获知第一终端的身份。Optionally, the second terminal may also send the discovery parameter of the first terminal to the second PCF network element, so as to learn the identity of the first terminal from the second PCF network element.
至此,第二终端成功发现第一终端。So far, the second terminal successfully discovers the first terminal.
参见图11,上述步骤1005可以包括:Referring to FIG. 11, the foregoing step 1005 may include:
1138、第一终端与第二终端之间基于PC5接口建立D2D通信链路,并进行D2D通信。1138. The first terminal and the second terminal establish a D2D communication link based on the PC5 interface, and perform D2D communication.
在步骤1101-1138描述的方案中,第一终端对应的第一PCF网元可以在为第一终端分配PDUID1后,将PDUID1与第一PCF网元的标识之间的对应关系注册到第一UDM网元上。从而,在每个PLMN包括多个PCF网元的情况下,第二终端对应的第二PCF网元可以根据PDUID1,通过第一UDM网元查询到第一终端所在的PLMN所包括的多个PCF网元中,存储有第一终端的发现参数的第一PCF网元的标识,进而可以向第一PCF网元获取第一终端的发现参数;而不会出现第二PCF网元不知道向哪个PCF网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二PCF网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。并且,第二PCF网元还可以根据第一终端的发现参数,生成发现匹配参数。第一终端和第二终端分别基于发现参数和发现匹配参数发现对方,进而建立D2D通信链路进行通信。In the solution described in steps 1101-1138, the first PCF network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between PDUID1 and the identity of the first PCF network element in the first UDM after allocating PDUID1 to the first terminal On the network element. Therefore, in the case that each PLMN includes multiple PCF network elements, the second PCF network element corresponding to the second terminal can query the multiple PCFs included in the PLMN where the first terminal is located through the first UDM network element according to PDUID1. In the network element, the identification of the first PCF network element that stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal can then obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal from the first PCF network element; it does not appear that the second PCF network element does not know to which direction. The PCF network element obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the second PCF network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal. In addition, the second PCF network element may also generate a discovery matching parameter according to the discovery parameter of the first terminal. The first terminal and the second terminal respectively discover each other based on the discovery parameter and the discovery matching parameter, and then establish a D2D communication link for communication.
需要说明的是,上述步骤1101-1138中,部分步骤的先后顺序可以调换,例如可以先执行步骤1114-1115,而后再执行步骤1111,此处不予一一例举。It should be noted that in the above steps 1101-1138, the sequence of some steps can be changed. For example, steps 1114-1115 can be executed first, and then step 1111 can be executed, which will not be listed here.
还需要说明的是,在第一PCF网元为第一终端分配PDUID1后,第一PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送第一信息的时机可以有多种,本申请实施例不予限制。例如,上 述步骤1104-1108可以在步骤1103之后;或者,上述步骤1104-1108可以在上述步骤1111之后;或者,上述步骤1104-1108可以在上述步骤1115之后;或者,上述步骤1104-1108可以在上述步骤1116之后;或者,上述步骤1104-1108可以在上述步骤1107之后。It should also be noted that, after the first PCF network element allocates PDUID1 to the first terminal, there may be multiple opportunities for the first PCF network element to send the first information to the first UDM network element, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application. For example, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after step 1103; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after the above step 1111; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after the above step 1115; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after After the above step 1116; or, the above steps 1104-1108 may be after the above step 1107.
基于图9B所示的D2D通信系统,图12示出了本申请实施例提供的另一种通信方法,该方法可以包括步骤1101-1103,以及步骤1109-1129。Based on the D2D communication system shown in FIG. 9B, FIG. 12 shows another communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application. The method may include steps 1101-1103 and steps 1109-1129.
并且,在步骤1116之后,该方法还可以包括步骤1200-1201:And, after step 1116, the method may further include steps 1200-1201:
1200、第一PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送第二信息,该第二信息用于第一UDM网元保存RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系。1200. The first PCF network element sends second information to the first UDM network element, where the second information is used by the first UDM network element to save the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
1201、第一UDM网元存储RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系。1201. The first UDM network element stores the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
进一步地,在步骤1201之后,该方法还可以包括步骤1202-1203:Further, after step 1201, the method may further include steps 1202-1203:
1202、当发现参数的有效期到期时,第一PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送第二删除请求消息。1202. When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first PCF network element sends a second deletion request message to the first UDM network element.
其中,该第二删除请求消息用于请求删除RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系。Wherein, the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
1203、第一UDM网元接收来自第一PCF网元的第二删除请求消息,并根据第二删除请求消息,删除RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系。1203. The first UDM network element receives the second deletion request message from the first PCF network element, and deletes the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
可选地,该方法还包括:第一PCF网元分配该发现参数的有效期,或者第一PCF网元接收第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示该发现参数的有效期。Optionally, the method further includes: the first PCF network element allocates the validity period of the discovery parameter, or the first PCF network element receives second indication information, where the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
作为上述步骤1202-1203的一种替换方案,在步骤1201之后,该方法还可以包括:As an alternative to the above steps 1202-1203, after step 1201, the method may further include:
1204、当发现参数的有效期到期时,第一UDM网元删除RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系。1204. When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first UDM network element deletes the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
在另一种实现方式中,上述方法还包括:第一UDM网元接收该第二指示信息。例如,第二信息包括第二指示信息,该第二指示信息用于指示发现参数的有效期。In another implementation manner, the above method further includes: the first UDM network element receives the second indication information. For example, the second information includes second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
可以理解的是,第一PCF网元可以将第二信息与发现参数的有效期在同一消息中发送,也可以在不同的消息中分别发送,本申请实施例不予限定。It is understandable that the first PCF network element may send the second information and the validity period of the discovery parameter in the same message, or may also send them in different messages, which is not limited in this embodiment of the application.
在上述步骤1129之后,该方法还可以包括:After the above step 1129, the method may further include:
1205、第二PCF网元向第一UDM网元发送参数请求消息,该参数请求消息包括RPAUID1,该参数请求消息用于获取RPAUID1对应的发现参数。1205. The second PCF network element sends a parameter request message to the first UDM network element, where the parameter request message includes RPAUID1, and the parameter request message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1.
可选地,该参数请求消息还可以包括PDUID1等信息。Optionally, the parameter request message may also include information such as PDUID1.
1206、第一UDM网元接收来自第二PCF网元的参数请求消息,并根据RPAUID1与发现参数的对应关系,将该发现参数发送给第二PCF网元。1206. The first UDM network element receives the parameter request message from the second PCF network element, and sends the discovery parameter to the second PCF network element according to the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter.
在步骤1206之后,该方法还可以包括上述步骤1134-1138。After step 1206, the method may further include the above-mentioned steps 1134-1138.
在图12所示的方案中,第一终端对应的第一PCF网元可以将RPAUID1与发现参数之间的对应关系注册到第一UDM网元上。第二终端对应的第二PCF网元可以根据PDUID1确定第一UDM网元,并直接从第一UDM网元获取RPAUID1对应的发现参数,可以解决第二PCF网元不知道向第一终端所在PLMN中的哪个PCF网元获取第一终端的发现参数,第二PCF网元无法获取第一终端的发现参数的问题。In the solution shown in FIG. 12, the first PCF network element corresponding to the first terminal may register the correspondence between RPAUID1 and the discovery parameter on the first UDM network element. The second PCF network element corresponding to the second terminal can determine the first UDM network element according to PDUID1, and directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to RPAUID1 from the first UDM network element, which can solve the problem that the second PCF network element does not know the PLMN where the first terminal is located. Which PCF network element in the network element obtains the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the second PCF network element cannot obtain the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
并且,在图12所示的方案中,第二PCF网元可以直接通过第一UDM网元获取到第一终端的发现参数,而不需要再去向第一PCF网元获取发现参数,还可以降低第一 PCF网元与第二PCF网元之间的信令开销,减少设备间的交互次数,降低处理时延,提高处理效率。Moreover, in the solution shown in FIG. 12, the second PCF network element can directly obtain the discovery parameters of the first terminal through the first UDM network element, without the need to go to the first PCF network element to obtain the discovery parameters, which can also reduce The signaling overhead between the first PCF network element and the second PCF network element reduces the number of interactions between devices, reduces processing delay, and improves processing efficiency.
图11-图12所示的D2D通信流程,是以采用模式A进行受限发现为例进行说明的。采用模式B进行受限发现与采用模式A进行受限发现类似,不同之处在于:模式B中的发现参数包括邻近业务查询过滤器(ProSe Query Filter)和邻近业务响应码(ProSe Response Code),模式B中根据发现参数生成的发现匹配参数包括邻近业务查询码(ProSe Query Code)和邻近业务响应过滤器(ProSe Response Filter)。上述图11和图12中的步骤1136-1137对应的流程可以替换为:第二终端广播发现匹配参数中的ProSe Query Code,第一终端接收到ProSe Query Code,并确定能够与发现参数中的ProSe Query Filter匹配后,再广播发现参数中的ProSe Response Code;第二终端接收到ProSe Response Code,并确定后与发现匹配参数中的ProSe Response Filter后。第二终端可以将发现参数上报给第二PCF网元以获取第一终端的身份。第二终端与第一终端执行后续的D2D通信连接流程。The D2D communication process shown in FIG. 11-12 is explained by using mode A for restricted discovery as an example. Restricted discovery using mode B is similar to restricted discovery using mode A, except that the discovery parameters in mode B include ProSe Query Filter and ProSe Response Code. The discovery matching parameters generated according to the discovery parameters in mode B include ProSe Query Code and ProSe Response Filter. The process corresponding to steps 1136-1137 in Figure 11 and Figure 12 above can be replaced with: the second terminal broadcasts the ProSe Query Code in the found matching parameter, and the first terminal receives the ProSe Query Code and determines that it can match the ProSe Query Code in the discovery parameter. After the Query Filter is matched, it broadcasts the ProSe Response Code in the discovery parameter; the second terminal receives the ProSe Response Code and determines the ProSe Response Filter in the found matching parameter. The second terminal may report the discovery parameter to the second PCF network element to obtain the identity of the first terminal. The second terminal and the first terminal execute the subsequent D2D communication connection process.
另外,本申请其他实施例还提供了一种通信方法,第一终端的PDUID可以包括第一管控网元的标识的指示信息,该第一管控网元存储有第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID所对应的发现参数。第二管控网元可以根据目标PDUID中,第一终端的PDUID中指示信息所指示的第一管控网元的标识,直接向第一管控网元获取该RPAUID对应的发现参数,从而第一管控网元不用将第一信息或第二信息注册到第一存储网元上,第一存储网元也不用向第二管控网元提供第一管控网元的标识,因而可以节省第一管控网元、第二管控网元与第一存储网元之间的信令开销,减低网元间的交互次数。In addition, other embodiments of the present application also provide a communication method. The PDUID of the first terminal may include indication information of the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first management and control network element stores the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application. The corresponding discovery parameter. The second management and control network element may directly obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID from the first management and control network element according to the identification of the first management and control network element indicated by the indication information in the PDUID of the first terminal in the target PDUID, so that the first management and control network The element does not need to register the first information or the second information to the first storage network element, and the first storage network element does not need to provide the identification of the first management network element to the second management and control network element, thus saving the first management and control network element, The signaling overhead between the second management and control network element and the first storage network element reduces the number of interactions between the network elements.
上述主要从各个网元之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,上述第一管控网元、上述第二管控网元或上述第一存储网元为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The foregoing mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various network elements. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above functions, the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, or the first storage network element includes hardware structures and/or software modules corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that in combination with the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a certain function is executed by hardware or computer software-driven hardware depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对第一管控网元、第二管控网元或第一存储网元进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiment of the present application can divide the functional modules of the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, or the first storage network element according to the foregoing method examples. For example, each functional module can be divided corresponding to each function, or two or More than two functions are integrated in one processing module. The above-mentioned integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiments of the present application is illustrative, and is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
上面主要对本申请实施例的方法进行了说明,下面对本申请实施例提供的执行上述方法的通信装置进行描述。本领域技术人员可以理解,方法和装置可以相互结合和引用,本申请实施例提供的通信装置可以执行上述通信方法中由第一管控网元、第二管控网元或第一存储网元执行的步骤。The above mainly describes the method in the embodiment of the present application, and the communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application for performing the foregoing method is described below. Those skilled in the art can understand that the method and the device can be combined and referenced with each other. The communication device provided in the embodiment of the present application can execute the above-mentioned communication method performed by the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, or the first storage network element. step.
比如,以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的情况下,图13示出了一种通信装置 130的结构示意图。该通信装置130包括:处理模块1301和收发模块1302。For example, in the case of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner, FIG. 13 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 130. The communication device 130 includes a processing module 1301 and a transceiver module 1302.
在一些实施例中,该通信装置130为第一管控网元或位于第一管控网元上,处理模块1301用于:通过收发模块1302为第一终端分配邻近发现用户设备标识PDUID;并通过收发模块1302向第一存储网元发送第一信息,该第一信息包括第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识,第一信息用于第一存储网元存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。其中,第一管控网元存储有第一终端的发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。In some embodiments, the communication device 130 is the first management and control network element or is located on the first management and control network element, and the processing module 1301 is configured to: allocate the proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID to the first terminal through the transceiver module 1302; The module 1302 sends first information to the first storage network element. The first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element. The first information is used by the first storage network element to store the PDUID and the first terminal of the first terminal. 1. Correspondence between the identifiers of the management and control network elements. Wherein, the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
其中,处理模块1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图4-图6所示的步骤401和步骤414;以及图11所示的步骤1103、步骤1112、步骤1113和步骤1116;和/或以上方法实施例中第一管控网元或第一PCF网元执行的其他步骤或功能。Wherein, the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 401 and 414 shown in FIGS. 4 to 6 in the above-mentioned embodiment; and step 1103, step 1112, step 1113, and step 1116 shown in FIG. 11; and /Or other steps or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the above method embodiments.
收发模块1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图4-图6所示的步骤402、步骤408、步骤411、步骤412、步骤413、步骤415;以及图11所示的步骤1104、步骤1106、步骤1114、步骤1117和步骤1133;和/或以上方法实施例中第一管控网元或第一PCF网元执行的其他步骤或功能。The transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 402, 408, 411, 412, 413, and 415 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6 in the foregoing embodiment; and step 1104, step 415 shown in FIG. Step 1106, step 1114, step 1117, and step 1133; and/or other steps or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the above method embodiments.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,该通信装置130为第二管控网元或位于第二管控网元上,处理模块1301可以用于:通过收发模块1302从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID;通过收发模块1302根据第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID,第一消息用于获取存储有第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识;通过收发模块1302从第一存储网元接收第一管控网元的标识,第一管控网元存储有第一终端的发现参数。In some embodiments, the communication device 130 is a second management and control network element or is located on a second management and control network element, and the processing module 1301 may be configured to: receive the target proximity discovery of the second terminal from the server of the first application through the transceiver module 1302 The user equipment identification PDUID, the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal; the transceiver module 1302 sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal. To obtain the identification of the management and control network element storing the discovery parameters of the first terminal; receive the identification of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal.
其中,处理模块1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图11所示的步骤1120、步骤1125、步骤1126、步骤1129和步骤1134;和/或以上方法实施例中第二管控网元和第二PCF网元执行的其他动作或功能。The processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1120, step 1125, step 1126, step 1129, and step 1134 shown in FIG. 11 in the foregoing embodiment; and/or the second management and control network element in the foregoing method embodiment And other actions or functions performed by the second PCF network element.
收发模块1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图4-图6所示的的步骤404、步骤405和步骤407;图11所示的步骤1127、步骤1130、步骤1132和步骤1135;和/或以上方法实施例中第二管控网元或第二PCF网元执行的其他动作或功能。The transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 404, step 405, and step 407 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6; step 1127, step 1130, step 1132, and step 1135 shown in FIG. 11; And/or other actions or functions performed by the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the above method embodiments.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在一些实施例中,该通信装置130为第一存储网元或位于第一存储网元上,处理模块1301可以用于:通过收发模块1302接收来自第一管控网元的第一信息,第一信息包括第一终端的邻近发现用户设备标识PDUID和第一管控网元的标识;存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;通过收发模块1302接收来自第二管控网元的第一消息,第一消息包括第一终端的PDUID,第一消息用于获取第一终端的PDUID对应的管控网元的标识;根据第一消息和对应关系,通过收发模块1302向第二管控网元发送第一管控网元的标识。In some embodiments, the communication device 130 is the first storage network element or is located on the first storage network element, and the processing module 1301 may be configured to: receive the first information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module 1302, The information includes the proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element; the corresponding relationship between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element is stored; The first message of the network element, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the identification of the management and control network element corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal; Second, the management and control network element sends the identifier of the first management and control network element.
其中,处理模块1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图4-6所示的 步骤403、步骤409和步骤410;图11所示的步骤1105、步骤1107和步骤1108;和/或以上方法实施例中第一存储网元和第一UDM网元执行的其他动作或功能。Wherein, the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 403, 409, and 410 shown in FIGS. 4-6 in the foregoing embodiment; step 1105, step 1107, and step 1108 shown in FIG. 11; and/or Other actions or functions performed by the first storage network element and the first UDM network element in the above method embodiments.
收发模块1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图4-图6所示的步骤406,图11中的步骤步骤1131,和/或以上方法实施例中第一存储网元和第一UDM网元执行的其他动作或功能。The transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 406 shown in FIG. 4 to FIG. 6, step 1131 in FIG. 11, and/or the first storage network element and the first storage network element in the above method embodiments. Other actions or functions performed by UDM network elements.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,该通信装置130为第一管控网元或位于第一管控网元上,处理模块1301可以用于:获取第二信息,第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现;通过收发模块1302向第一存储网元发送第二信息,第二信息用于第一存储网元保存RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。In other embodiments, the communication device 130 is the first management and control network element or is located on the first management and control network element, and the processing module 1301 can be used to: Restricted proximity application user identification RPAUID and discovery parameters, the discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery; the second information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the second information is used for the first storage network element to save the RPAUID and the discovery parameters Correspondence between.
其中,处理模块1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图7-图8所示的步骤701,图12所示的1103、步骤1112、步骤1113和步骤1116;和/或以上方法实施例中第一管控网元或第一PCF网元执行的其他动作或功能。Wherein, the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 701, step 1103, step 1112, step 1113, and step 1116 shown in FIG. 7-8 in the above-mentioned embodiment; and/or implementation of the above method In the example, other actions or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element.
收发模块1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图7-图8所示的步骤702和步骤708;图12所示的步骤1114、步骤1117、步骤1200和步骤1202;和/或以上方法实施例中第一管控网元或第一PCF网元执行的其他动作或功能。The transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 702 and 708 shown in FIGS. 7-8 in the above-mentioned embodiment; step 1114, step 1117, step 1200, and step 1202 shown in FIG. 12; and/or above Other actions or functions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the method embodiment.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,该通信装置130为第二管控网元或位于第二管控网元上,处理模块1301可以用于:通过收发模块1302从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID;根据第一终端的PDUID,通过收发模块1302向第一存储网元发送第二消息,第二消息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近应用用户标识RPAUID,第二消息用于获取RPAUID对应的发现参数;通过收发模块1302从第一存储网元接收发现参数,该发现参数用于D2D发现。In other embodiments, the communication device 130 is a second management and control network element or is located on a second management and control network element, and the processing module 1301 may be configured to: receive the target proximity of the second terminal from the server of the first application through the transceiver module 1302 It is found that the user equipment identification PDUID, the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal; according to the PDUID of the first terminal, a second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the second message includes the first terminal’s acceptance of the first application. The user identification RPAUID is limited to the adjacent application, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID; the discovery parameter is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module 1302, and the discovery parameter is used for D2D discovery.
其中,处理模块1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图12所示的步骤1120、步骤1125、步骤1126、步骤1129和步骤1134;和/或以上方法实施例中第二管控网元或第二PCF网元执行的其他动作或功能。Wherein, the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1120, step 1125, step 1126, step 1129, and step 1134 shown in FIG. 12 in the above embodiment; and/or the second management and control network element in the above method embodiment Or other actions or functions performed by the second PCF network element.
收发模块1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图7-图8所示的步骤704和步骤707;图12所示的步骤1205、步骤1127和步骤1135;和/或以上方法实施例中第二管控网元或第二PCF网元执行的其他动作或功能。The transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 704 and 707 shown in FIGS. 7 to 8 in the foregoing embodiment; step 1205, step 1127, and step 1135 shown in FIG. 12; and/or the above method embodiments Other actions or functions performed by the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,该通信装置130为第一存储网元或位于第一管控网元上,处理模块1301可以用于:通过收发模块1302接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息,第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,发现参数用于D2D发现;存储RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系;通过收发模块1302 接收来自第二管控网元的第二消息,第二消息包括RPAUID,第二消息用于获取RPAUID对应的发现参数;根据第二消息和对应关系,通过收发模块1302向第二管控网元发送发现参数。In other embodiments, the communication device 130 is a first storage network element or is located on a first management and control network element, and the processing module 1301 may be used to: receive the second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module 1302, The second information includes the restricted proximity application user identification RPAUID and discovery parameters of the first terminal for the first application. The discovery parameters are used for D2D discovery; the corresponding relationship between RPAUID and discovery parameters is stored; The second message of the element, the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID; according to the second message and the corresponding relationship, the discovery parameter is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module 1302.
其中,处理模块1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图7-图8所示的步骤703、步骤709和步骤710;图12所示的步骤1201、步骤1203和步骤1204;和/或以上方法实施例中第一存储网元或第一UDM网元执行的其他动作或功能。Wherein, the processing module 1301 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 703, 709, and 710 shown in FIGS. 7-8 in the above-mentioned embodiment; step 1201, step 1203, and step 1204 shown in FIG. 12; and/ Or other actions or functions performed by the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the above method embodiments.
收发模块1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行上述实施例中图7-图8所示的步骤706;图12所示的步骤1206;和/或以上方法实施例中第一存储网元或第一UDM网元执行的其他动作或功能。The transceiver module 1302 can be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 706 shown in FIG. 7 to FIG. 8; step 1206 shown in FIG. 12; and/or the first storage network element or the first storage network element in the above method embodiments. Other actions or functions performed by UDM network elements.
其中,上述方法实施例涉及的各步骤的所有相关内容均可以援引到对应功能模块的功能描述,在此不再赘述。Among them, all relevant content of the steps involved in the above method embodiments can be cited in the functional description of the corresponding functional module, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请的实施例中,该通信装置130以采用集成的方式划分各个功能模块的形式来呈现。这里的“模块”可以指特定ASIC,电路,执行一个或多个软件或固件程序的处理器和存储器,集成逻辑电路,和/或其他可以提供上述功能的器件。在一个简单的实施例中,本领域的技术人员可以想到该通信装置130可以采用图3所示的形式。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device 130 is presented in the form of dividing various functional modules in an integrated manner. The "module" here can refer to a specific ASIC, circuit, processor and memory that executes one or more software or firmware programs, integrated logic circuit, and/or other devices that can provide the above-mentioned functions. In a simple embodiment, those skilled in the art can imagine that the communication device 130 may adopt the form shown in FIG. 3.
比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机指令,使得通信装置130执行上述方法实施例中的第一管控网元或第一PCF网元执行的动作。For example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may call the computer instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication device 130 to execute the actions performed by the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
再比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机指令,使得通信装置130执行上述方法实施例中的第二管控网元或第二PCF网元执行的动作。For another example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may invoke the computer instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication device 130 to execute the actions performed by the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
又比如,图3中的处理器301可以通过调用存储器303中存储的计算机指令,使得通信装置130执行上述方法实施例中的第一存储网元或第一UDM网元执行的动作。For another example, the processor 301 in FIG. 3 may call the computer instructions stored in the memory 303 to cause the communication device 130 to execute the actions performed by the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
具体的,图13中的处理模块1301和收发模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机指令来实现。或者,图13中的处理模块1301的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的处理器301调用存储器303中存储的计算机指令来实现,图13中的收发模块1302的功能/实现过程可以通过图3中的通信接口304来实现。Specifically, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 and the transceiver module 1302 in FIG. 13 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling computer instructions stored in the memory 303. Alternatively, the function/implementation process of the processing module 1301 in FIG. 13 may be implemented by the processor 301 in FIG. 3 calling computer instructions stored in the memory 303, and the function/implementation process of the transceiver module 1302 in FIG. In the communication interface 304 to achieve.
存储器303可以用于存储相关的指令和数据。例如,当该通信装置为第一存储网元或位于第一管控网元上时,存储器303还可以用于存储第一终端的PDUID与第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系,或者存储第一终端针对第一应用的RPAUID与发现参数之间的对应关系。The memory 303 may be used to store related instructions and data. For example, when the communication device is the first storage network element or is located on the first management and control network element, the memory 303 may also be used to store the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, or to store The corresponding relationship between the RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and the discovery parameter.
可选地,本申请的实施例还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有计算机指令,当该计算机指令在通信装置上运行时,使得通信装置执行上述相关方法步骤实现上述实施例中的通信方法。例如,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第一管控网元或第一PCF网元。或者,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第二管控网元或第二PCF网元。或者,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第一存储网元或第一UDM网元。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium, the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer instruction, and when the computer instruction runs on a communication device, the communication device executes the above-mentioned related method The steps implement the communication method in the foregoing embodiment. For example, the communication device may be the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device may be the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device may be the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
可选地,本申请的实施例还提供了一种计算机程序产品,当该计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述相关步骤,以实现上述实施例中通信装置执行的通信方法。例如,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第一管控网元或第一PCF 网元。或者,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第二管控网元或第二PCF网元。或者,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第一存储网元或第一UDM网元。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product, which when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the above-mentioned related steps, so as to implement the communication method executed by the communication device in the above-mentioned embodiment. For example, the communication device may be the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device may be the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device may be the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
可选地,本申请的实施例还提供了一种装置,这个装置具体可以是芯片,组件,模块,或片上系统。该装置可包括相连的处理器和存储器;其中,存储器用于存储计算机指令,当装置运行时,处理器可执行存储器存储的计算机指令,以使芯片执行上述各方法实施例中通信装置执行的通信方法。例如,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第一管控网元或第一PCF网元。或者,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第二管控网元或第二PCF网元。或者,该通信装置可以是上述方法实施例中的第一存储网元或第一UDM网元。Optionally, the embodiment of the present application further provides a device, which may specifically be a chip, a component, a module, or a system on a chip. The device may include a connected processor and a memory; where the memory is used to store computer instructions. When the device is running, the processor can execute the computer instructions stored in the memory so that the chip executes the communication performed by the communication device in the foregoing method embodiments. method. For example, the communication device may be the first management and control network element or the first PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device may be the second management and control network element or the second PCF network element in the foregoing method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device may be the first storage network element or the first UDM network element in the foregoing method embodiment.
可选地,本申请的实施例还提供了一种通信系统,该通信系统包括第一管控网元,第二管控网元以及第一存储网元。该通信系统中的第一管控网元,该第二管控网元以及该第一存储网元可以分别执行上述各实施例中第一管控网元、第二管控网元以及第一存储网元所执行的通信方法。Optionally, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication system, which includes a first management and control network element, a second management and control network element, and a first storage network element. The first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, and the first storage network element in the communication system can respectively execute the operations of the first management and control network element, the second management and control network element, and the first storage network element in the foregoing embodiments. The communication method performed.
可选地,该通信系统还可以包括第一终端、第二终端和第一应用的服务器等设备。该通信系统中的第一终端、第二终端和第一应用的服务器,可以分别执行上述各实施例中第一终端、第二终端和第一应用的服务器所执行的通信方法。Optionally, the communication system may also include devices such as the first terminal, the second terminal, and the server of the first application. The first terminal, the second terminal, and the server of the first application in the communication system can respectively execute the communication methods executed by the first terminal, the second terminal, and the server of the first application in the foregoing embodiments.
其中,本申请实施例提供的通信装置、计算机可读存储介质、计算机程序产品、芯片或片上系统均用于执行上文所提供的对应的方法,因此,其所能达到的有益效果可参考上文所提供的对应的方法中的有益效果,此处不再赘述。Among them, the communication device, computer readable storage medium, computer program product, chip or system-on-chip provided in the embodiments of the present application are all used to execute the corresponding method provided above. Therefore, the beneficial effects that can be achieved can refer to the above The beneficial effects of the corresponding methods provided in the article will not be repeated here.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件程序实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式来实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或者数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,简称DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包括一个或多个可以用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带),光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,简称SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using a software program, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. Computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center through a cable (such as Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (digital subscriber line, referred to as DSL) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) transmission to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or includes one or more data storage devices such as a server or a data center that can be integrated with the medium. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk (SSD)).
尽管在此结合各实施例对本申请进行了描述,然而,在实施所要求保护的本申请过程中,本领域技术人员通过查看附图、公开内容、以及所附权利要求书,可理解并实现公开实施例的其他变化。在权利要求中,“包括”(comprising)一词不排除其他组成部分或步骤,“一”或“一个”不排除多个的情况。单个处理器或其他单元可以实现权利要求中列举的若干项功能。相互不同的从属权利要求中记载了某些措施,但这并不表示这些措施不能组合起来产生良好的效果。Although the present application is described in conjunction with various embodiments, in the process of implementing the claimed application, those skilled in the art can understand and realize the disclosure by looking at the drawings, the disclosure, and the appended claims. Other changes to the embodiment. In the claims, the word "comprising" does not exclude other components or steps, and "a" or "one" does not exclude a plurality. A single processor or other unit may implement several functions listed in the claims. Certain measures are described in mutually different dependent claims, but this does not mean that these measures cannot be combined to produce good results.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申 请的精神和范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本说明书和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请的精神和范围。这样,倘若本申请的这些修改和变型属于本申请权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请也意图包括这些改动和变型在内。Although the application has been described in combination with specific features and embodiments, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. Accordingly, the specification and drawings are merely exemplary descriptions of the application as defined by the appended claims, and are deemed to cover any and all modifications, changes, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the application. Obviously, those skilled in the art can make various changes and modifications to the application without departing from the spirit and scope of the application. In this way, if these modifications and variations of this application fall within the scope of the claims of this application and their equivalent technologies, this application is also intended to include these modifications and variations.

Claims (43)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一管控网元为第一终端分配邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID;The first management and control network element allocates the proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID to the first terminal;
    所述第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一终端的PDUID和所述第一管控网元的标识,所述第一信息用于所述第一存储网元存储所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;The first management and control network element sends first information to the first storage network element, where the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element, and the first information is used for all The first storage network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element;
    其中,所述第一管控网元存储有所述第一终端的发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现。Wherein, the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the discovery parameters are used for device-to-device D2D discovery.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further comprises:
    所述第一管控网元向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,所述授权请求消息用于请求授权所述第一终端针对所述第一应用进行D2D发现;Sending, by the first management and control network element, an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request authorization of the first terminal to perform D2D discovery for the first application;
    所述第一管控网元接收来自所述服务器的授权响应消息,所述授权响应消息用于指示成功授权所述第一终端针对所述第一应用进行D2D发现。The first management and control network element receives an authorization response message from the server, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, characterized in that, before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further comprises:
    所述第一管控网元接收来自所述第一终端的发现请求消息,所述发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现。The first management and control network element receives a discovery request message from the first terminal, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述发现请求消息包括所述第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID,在所述第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the discovery request message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the first management and control network element sends the information to the first storage Before the network element sends the first information, the method further includes:
    所述第一管控网元根据所述发现请求消息,分配所述发现参数,所述发现参数与所述RPAUID对应。The first management and control network element allocates the discovery parameter according to the discovery request message, and the discovery parameter corresponds to the RPAUID.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, wherein before the first management and control network element sends the first information to the first storage network element, the method further comprises:
    所述第一管控网元向所述第一终端发送发现响应消息,所述发现响应消息包括所述发现参数。The first management and control network element sends a discovery response message to the first terminal, where the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter.
  6. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-5, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,所述第一管控网元向所述第一存储网元发送第一删除请求消息,所述第一删除请求消息用于请求删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first management and control network element sends a first deletion request message to the first storage network element, where the first deletion request message is used to request deletion of the first terminal Correspondence between the PDUID of a terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element.
  7. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the first information further comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  8. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,所述目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID;The second management and control network element receives the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal;
    所述第二管控网元根据所述第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一终端的PDUID,所述第一消息用于获取存储有所述第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识;The second management and control network element sends a first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain storage The identifier of the management and control network element with the discovery parameter of the first terminal;
    所述第二管控网元从所述第一存储网元接收第一管控网元的标识,所述第一管控网元存储有所述第一终端的发现参数。The second management and control network element receives the identifier of the first management and control network element from the first storage network element, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识,所述第二管控网元根据所述第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,包括:The method according to claim 8, wherein the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, the first identifier is the identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located, and the second management The network element sending a first message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal includes:
    所述第二管控网元根据所述第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取所述第一标识对应的PLMN中所述第一存储网元的标识;Obtaining, by the second management and control network element, the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library function network element according to the first identifier;
    所述第二管控网元根据所述第一存储网元的标识,向所述第一存储网元发送所述第一消息。The second management and control network element sends the first message to the first storage network element according to the identifier of the first storage network element.
  10. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第一信息,所述第一信息包括第一终端的邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID和所述第一管控网元的标识;The first storage network element receives first information from the first management and control network element, where the first information includes the proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element;
    所述第一存储网元存储所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;Storing, by the first storage network element, the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element;
    所述第一存储网元接收来自第二管控网元的第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一终端的PDUID,所述第一消息用于获取所述第一终端的PDUID对应的管控网元的标识;The first storage network element receives a first message from a second management and control network element, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the corresponding PDUID of the first terminal The identification of the control network element;
    所述第一存储网元根据所述第一消息和所述对应关系,向所述第二管控网元发送所述第一管控网元的标识。The first storage network element sends the identifier of the first management and control network element to the second management and control network element according to the first message and the corresponding relationship.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述第一存储网元接收来自所述第一管控网元的第一删除请求消息,所述第一删除请求消息用于请求删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;The first storage network element receives a first deletion request message from the first management and control network element, where the first deletion request message is used to request the deletion of the PDUID of the first terminal and the information of the first management and control network element. Correspondence between signs;
    所述第一存储网元根据所述第一删除请求消息,删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。The first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element according to the first deletion request message.
  12. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the first information further comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal; the method further comprises:
    当所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,所述第一存储网元删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  13. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一管控网元获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现;The first management and control network element obtains second information, where the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for device-to-device D2D discovery;
    所述第一管控网元向第一存储网元发送所述第二信息,所述第二信息用于所述第一存储网元保存所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。The first management and control network element sends the second information to a first storage network element, where the second information is used by the first storage network element to save the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein the method further comprises:
    当所述发现参数的有效期到期时,所述第一管控网元向所述第一存储网元发送第二删除请求消息,所述第二删除请求消息用于请求删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first management and control network element sends a second deletion request message to the first storage network element, and the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the RPAUID and the Find the correspondence between the parameters.
  15. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括第二指示信 息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述发现参数的有效期。The method according to claim 13, wherein the second information further comprises second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  16. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第二管控网元从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,所述目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID;The second management and control network element receives the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal;
    所述第二管控网元根据所述第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第一终端针对所述第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID,所述第二消息用于获取所述RPAUID对应的发现参数;The second management and control network element sends a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal, where the second message includes the restricted proximity service application of the first terminal for the first application User identification RPAUID, the second message is used to obtain discovery parameters corresponding to the RPAUID;
    所述第二管控网元从所述第一存储网元接收所述发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现。The second management and control network element receives the discovery parameter from the first storage network element, and the discovery parameter is used for device-to-device D2D discovery.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识,所述第二管控网元根据所述第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第二消息,包括:The method according to claim 16, wherein the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, the first identifier is the identifier of the public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located, and the second management The network element sending a second message to the first storage network element according to the PDUID of the first terminal includes:
    所述第二管控网元根据所述第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取所述第一标识对应的PLMN中所述第一存储网元的标识;Obtaining, by the second management and control network element, the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from the network function library function network element according to the first identifier;
    所述第二管控网元根据所述第一存储网元的标识,向所述第一存储网元发送所述第二消息。The second management and control network element sends the second message to the first storage network element according to the identifier of the first storage network element.
  18. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,包括:A communication method, characterized in that it comprises:
    第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息,所述第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现;The first storage network element receives second information from the first management and control network element, where the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for the device To the device D2D discovery;
    所述第一存储网元存储所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系;Storing, by the first storage network element, the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter;
    所述第一存储网元接收来自第二管控网元的第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述RPAUID,所述第二消息用于获取所述RPAUID对应的发现参数;Receiving, by the first storage network element, a second message from a second management and control network element, the second message including the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID;
    所述第一存储网元根据所述第二消息和所述对应关系,向所述第二管控网元发送所述发现参数。The first storage network element sends the discovery parameter to the second management and control network element according to the second message and the corresponding relationship.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein after the first storage network element receives the second information from the first management and control network element, the method further comprises:
    所述第一存储网元接收来自所述第一管控网元的第二删除请求消息,所述第二删除请求消息用于请求删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系;Receiving, by the first storage network element, a second deletion request message from the first management and control network element, where the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter;
    所述第一存储网元根据所述第二删除请求消息,删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。The first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter according to the second deletion request message.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述发现参数的有效期;在所述第一存储网元接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein the second information further comprises second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter; After the second information from the first management and control network element, the method further includes:
    当所述发现参数的有效期到期时,所述第一存储网元删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, the first storage network element deletes the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  21. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述处理模块用于:A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein, the processing module is used for:
    通过所述收发模块为第一终端分配邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID;Allocating a proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID to the first terminal through the transceiver module;
    通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息,所述第一信息包括所述第一终端的PDUID和第一管控网元的标识,所述第一信息用于所述第一存储网元存储所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;The first information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, the first information includes the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element, and the first information is used for the first storage The network element stores the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element;
    其中,所述第一管控网元存储有所述第一终端的发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现。Wherein, the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameters of the first terminal, and the discovery parameters are used for device-to-device D2D discovery.
  22. 根据权利要求21所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 21, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    在通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,向第一应用的服务器发送授权请求消息,所述授权请求消息用于请求授权所述第一终端针对所述第一应用进行D2D发现;Before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, send an authorization request message to the server of the first application, where the authorization request message is used to request the first terminal to authorize the first application to perform D2D discovery;
    通过所述收发模块接收来自所述服务器的授权响应消息,所述授权响应消息用于指示成功授权所述第一终端针对所述第一应用进行D2D发现。An authorization response message from the server is received through the transceiver module, where the authorization response message is used to indicate that the first terminal is successfully authorized to perform D2D discovery for the first application.
  23. 根据权利要求21或22所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 21 or 22, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    在通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,接收来自所述第一终端的发现请求消息,所述发现请求消息用于请求进行D2D发现。Before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, receiving a discovery request message from the first terminal, where the discovery request message is used to request D2D discovery.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述发现请求消息包括所述第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 23, wherein the discovery request message includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application, and the processing module is further configured to:
    在通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,根据所述发现请求消息,分配所述发现参数,所述发现参数与所述RPAUID对应。Before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, the discovery parameter is allocated according to the discovery request message, and the discovery parameter corresponds to the RPAUID.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 24, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    在通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送第一信息之前,向所述第一终端发送发现响应消息,所述发现响应消息包括所述发现参数。Before sending the first information to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, a discovery response message is sent to the first terminal, where the discovery response message includes the discovery parameter.
  26. 根据权利要求21-25任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to any one of claims 21-25, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    当所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,通过所述收发模块向所述第一存储网元发送第一删除请求消息,所述第一删除请求消息用于请求删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, a first deletion request message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, where the first deletion request message is used to request deletion of the first terminal The corresponding relationship between the PDUID of and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
  27. 根据权利要求21-25任一项所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期。The communication device according to any one of claims 21-25, wherein the first information further comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal.
  28. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述处理模块用于:A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein, the processing module is used for:
    通过所述收发模块从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,所述目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID;Receiving the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application through the transceiver module, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal;
    通过所述收发模块根据所述第一终端的PDUID,向第一存储网元发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一终端的PDUID,所述第一消息用于获取存储有所述第一终端的发现参数的管控网元的标识;According to the PDUID of the first terminal, the transceiver module sends a first message to the first storage network element. The first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the stored information. The identification of the management and control network element of the discovery parameter of the first terminal;
    通过所述收发模块从所述第一存储网元接收第一管控网元的标识,所述第一管控网元存储有所述第一终端的发现参数。The identifier of the first management and control network element is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the first management and control network element stores the discovery parameter of the first terminal.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识,所述 处理模块具体用于:The communication device according to claim 28, wherein the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of a public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located, and the processing module Specifically used for:
    根据所述第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取所述第一标识对应的PLMN中所述第一存储网元的标识;Obtaining, according to the first identifier, the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from a network function network element of the network function library;
    根据所述第一存储网元的标识,通过所述收发模块向所述第一存储网元发送所述第一消息。According to the identifier of the first storage network element, the first message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述处理模块用于:A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein, the processing module is used for:
    通过所述收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第一信息,所述第一信息包括第一终端的邻近业务发现用户设备标识PDUID和所述第一管控网元的标识;Receiving first information from a first management and control network element through the transceiver module, where the first information includes the proximity service discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element;
    存储所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;Storing the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element;
    通过所述收发模块接收来自第二管控网元的第一消息,所述第一消息包括所述第一终端的PDUID,所述第一消息用于获取所述第一终端的PDUID对应的管控网元的标识;A first message from a second management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, the first message includes the PDUID of the first terminal, and the first message is used to obtain the management and control network corresponding to the PDUID of the first terminal Yuan's identity;
    根据所述第一消息和所述对应关系,通过所述收发模块向所述第二管控网元发送所述第一管控网元的标识。According to the first message and the corresponding relationship, the identifier of the first management and control network element is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 30, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    通过所述收发模块接收来自所述第一管控网元的第一删除请求消息,所述第一删除请求消息用于请求删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系;A first deletion request message from the first management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, where the first deletion request message is used to request to delete one of the PDUID of the first terminal and the identification of the first management and control network element Correspondence between;
    根据所述第一删除请求消息,删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。According to the first deletion request message, delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identifier of the first management and control network element.
  32. 根据权利要求30所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一信息还包括第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期;所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 30, wherein the first information further comprises first indication information, and the first indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal; the processing module further Used for:
    当所述第一终端的PDUID的有效期到期时,删除所述第一终端的PDUID与所述第一管控网元的标识之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the PDUID of the first terminal expires, delete the correspondence between the PDUID of the first terminal and the identity of the first management and control network element.
  33. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述处理模块用于:A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein, the processing module is used for:
    获取第二信息,所述第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现;Acquiring second information, where the second information includes a restricted proximity service application user identifier RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and a discovery parameter, the discovery parameter being used for device-to-device D2D discovery;
    通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送所述第二信息,所述第二信息用于所述第一存储网元保存所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。The second information is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, where the second information is used by the first storage network element to save the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  34. 根据权利要求33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 33, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    当所述发现参数的有效期到期时,通过所述收发模块向所述第一存储网元发送第二删除请求消息,所述第二删除请求消息用于请求删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。When the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, a second deletion request message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the second deletion request message is used to request deletion of the RPAUID and the discovery parameter Correspondence between.
  35. 根据权利要求33所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述发现参数的有效期。The communication device according to claim 33, wherein the second information further comprises second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述处理模 块用于:A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein, the processing module is used for:
    通过所述收发模块从第一应用的服务器接收第二终端的目标临近发现用户设备标识PDUID,所述目标PDUID包括第一终端的PDUID;Receiving the target proximity discovery user equipment identification PDUID of the second terminal from the server of the first application through the transceiver module, where the target PDUID includes the PDUID of the first terminal;
    根据所述第一终端的PDUID,通过所述收发模块向第一存储网元发送第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第一终端针对所述第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID,所述第二消息用于获取所述RPAUID对应的发现参数;According to the PDUID of the first terminal, a second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module, the second message including the user identification of the restricted proximity service application of the first terminal for the first application RPAUID, the second message is used to obtain the discovery parameter corresponding to the RPAUID;
    通过所述收发模块从所述第一存储网元接收所述发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现。The discovery parameter is received from the first storage network element through the transceiver module, and the discovery parameter is used for device-to-device D2D discovery.
  37. 根据权利要求36所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第一终端的PDUID包括第一标识,所述第一标识为所述第一终端所在公共陆地移动网PLMN的标识,所述处理模块具体用于:The communication device according to claim 36, wherein the PDUID of the first terminal includes a first identifier, and the first identifier is an identifier of a public land mobile network PLMN where the first terminal is located, and the processing module Specifically used for:
    根据所述第一标识,从网络功能库功能网元获取所述第一标识对应的PLMN中所述第一存储网元的标识;Obtaining, according to the first identifier, the identifier of the first storage network element in the PLMN corresponding to the first identifier from a network function network element of the network function library;
    根据所述第一存储网元的标识,通过所述收发模块向所述第一存储网元发送所述第二消息。According to the identifier of the first storage network element, the second message is sent to the first storage network element through the transceiver module.
  38. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理模块和收发模块;其中,所述处理模块用于:A communication device, characterized by comprising a processing module and a transceiver module; wherein, the processing module is used for:
    通过所述收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息,所述第二信息包括第一终端针对第一应用的受限邻近业务应用用户标识RPAUID和发现参数,所述发现参数用于设备到设备D2D发现;The second information from the first management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, the second information includes the restricted proximity service application user identification RPAUID of the first terminal for the first application and discovery parameters, and the discovery parameters are used for the device To the device D2D discovery;
    存储所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系;Store the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter;
    通过所述收发模块接收来自第二管控网元的第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述RPAUID,所述第二消息用于获取所述RPAUID对应的发现参数;Receiving a second message from a second management and control network element through the transceiver module, where the second message includes the RPAUID, and the second message is used to obtain discovery parameters corresponding to the RPAUID;
    根据所述第二消息和所述对应关系,通过所述收发模块向所述第二管控网元发送所述发现参数。According to the second message and the corresponding relationship, the discovery parameter is sent to the second management and control network element through the transceiver module.
  39. 根据权利要求38所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 38, wherein the processing module is further configured to:
    在通过所述收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,通过所述收发模块接收来自所述第一管控网元的第二删除请求消息,所述第二删除请求消息用于请求删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系;After receiving the second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, a second deletion request message from the first management and control network element is received through the transceiver module, and the second deletion request message is used to request Delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter;
    根据所述第二删除请求消息,删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。According to the second deletion request message, delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  40. 根据权利要求38所述的通信装置,其特征在于,所述第二信息还包括第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述发现参数的有效期;所述处理模块还用于:The communication device according to claim 38, wherein the second information further comprises second indication information, and the second indication information is used to indicate the validity period of the discovery parameter; and the processing module is further used to:
    在通过所述收发模块接收来自第一管控网元的第二信息之后,当所述发现参数的有效期到期时,删除所述RPAUID与所述发现参数之间的对应关系。After receiving the second information from the first management and control network element through the transceiver module, when the validity period of the discovery parameter expires, delete the correspondence between the RPAUID and the discovery parameter.
  41. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和存储器;其中,所述存储器用于存储计算机指令,当所述通信装置运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的所述计算机指令,实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求8-9任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求10-12任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求16-17任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求18-20任一项所述的方 法。A communication device, characterized by comprising: a processor and a memory; wherein the memory is used to store computer instructions, and when the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer instructions stored in the memory, Implement the method according to any one of claims 1-7, or the method according to any one of claims 8-9, or the method according to any one of claims 10-12, or claim 13 The method of any one of -15, or the method of any one of claims 16-17, or the method of any one of claims 18-20.
  42. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述指令被执行时,实现如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求8-9任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求10-12任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求16-17任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求18-20任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the readable storage medium, and when the instructions are executed, the method as claimed in any one of claims 1-7, or as claimed in claim The method according to any one of 8-9, or the method according to any one of claims 10-12, or the method according to any one of claims 13-15, or any one of claims 16-17 The method according to item, or the method according to any one of claims 18-20.
  43. 一种计算机程序产品,其中,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行如权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求8-9任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求10-12任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求13-15任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求16-17任一项所述的方法,或如权利要求18-20任一项所述的方法。A computer program product, wherein the computer program product includes computer instructions, when the computer instructions are executed on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the method according to any one of claims 1-7, or as claimed in claim 8. The method according to any one of -9, or the method according to any one of claims 10-12, or the method according to any one of claims 13-15, or any one of claims 16-17 The method, or the method according to any one of claims 18-20.
PCT/CN2020/076075 2020-02-20 2020-02-20 Communication method and apparatus WO2021163974A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/076075 WO2021163974A1 (en) 2020-02-20 2020-02-20 Communication method and apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2020/076075 WO2021163974A1 (en) 2020-02-20 2020-02-20 Communication method and apparatus

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021163974A1 true WO2021163974A1 (en) 2021-08-26

Family

ID=77390339

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/076075 WO2021163974A1 (en) 2020-02-20 2020-02-20 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2021163974A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105612774B (en) * 2014-03-06 2019-06-11 华为技术有限公司 The control method of short distance business, apparatus and system
CN110603830A (en) * 2017-04-27 2019-12-20 三星电子株式会社 Network sliceable area information acquisition method
WO2020010088A1 (en) * 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Convida Wireless, Llc 5g delay tolerant data services

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105612774B (en) * 2014-03-06 2019-06-11 华为技术有限公司 The control method of short distance business, apparatus and system
CN110603830A (en) * 2017-04-27 2019-12-20 三星电子株式会社 Network sliceable area information acquisition method
WO2020010088A1 (en) * 2018-07-02 2020-01-09 Convida Wireless, Llc 5g delay tolerant data services

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI, HISILICON: "Solution for Key Issue #1: Open ProSe Discovery Parameters Provisioning", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1704255, vol. RAN WG1, 2 April 2017 (2017-04-02), Spokane, USA, pages 1 - 7, XP051242407 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102224248B1 (en) Method for establishing protocol data unit in communication system
US11445569B2 (en) Session establishment method and system, and device
CN111436160B (en) Local area network communication method, device and system
CN112188444B (en) Method and device for subscribing service
US20200296142A1 (en) User Group Establishment Method and Apparatus
US11812496B2 (en) User group session management method and apparatus
EP4016961A1 (en) Information obtaining method and device
US20220264442A1 (en) Session establishment method, relay device selection method, registration method, and device
US20200205208A1 (en) Terminal Interaction with Different User Plane Function Entities
US20200280892A1 (en) Session context handling method, network element, and terminal device
CN110557265B (en) Multicast method and device
US20220312517A1 (en) D2d communication method, apparatus, and system
US20230269794A1 (en) Local network accessing method and apparatus
US20220272577A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US20240056496A1 (en) Method and Apparatus for Selecting Edge Application Server
JP2024511907A (en) Network function registration method, discovery method, equipment, device and medium
EP3934174A1 (en) Terminal management and control method, apparatus and system
WO2021163894A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus based on relay
CN112954768B (en) Communication method, device and system
US20230137283A1 (en) Systems and methods to optimize registration and session establishment in a wireless network
WO2021163974A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
US20230171598A1 (en) Secondary or Splice-Specific Access Control in a Wireless Communication Network
WO2021159415A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus, and system
WO2022237516A1 (en) Wireless communication method and communication apparatus
WO2024027803A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20919469

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20919469

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1